Reality Fan Forum - The Amazing Race Spoilers - Big Brother Live Feed Updates - Survivor Spoilers - Reality TV Spoilers - Big Brother Spoilers
Other Great Reality Shows => Other Reality TV Shows & News => Topic started by: marigold on September 02, 2008, 08:06:28 AM
Title: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 02, 2008, 08:06:28 AM
THE BIGGEST LOSER SEASON 6:
NBC ANNOUNCES CONTESTANTS FOR EXCITING NEW FAMILY EDITION OF HIT WEIGHT LOSS SERIES "THE BIGGEST LOSER,"
PREMIERING TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 16 (8-10 P.M. ET)
Released by NBC
NBC announced today the eight families - eight teams of two -- who will be competing in "The Biggest Loser: Families," premiering Tuesday, September 16 (8-10 p.m. ET). Alison Sweeney (NBC's "Days of our Lives") hosts the popular series, and trainers Bob Harper and Jillian Michaels also star.
It's all about families in season six of "The Biggest Loser," which features four husband-and-wife teams and four parent-child duos trying to lose weight through diet and exercise as they compete for a grand prize of $250,000. Harper will train the spouses, while Michaels trains the parents and their adult children.
With the focus on families comes more emotion and drama than ever before, as contestants share their compelling stories, including a mother and daughter who were estranged for over five years before going on the show, newlyweds who want to get healthy so they can have kids, a father with more life-threatening health issues than any contestant in the history of the show, and parents who want to get healthy to be better examples to their kids - including their overweight four-year-old daughter who already outweighs their seven-year-old son.
For the first time in the history of "The Biggest Loser," contestants will learn they've been chosen for the show directly from Harper and Michaels, who fly all over the country to surprise contestants in their hometowns with the exciting news. Then it's off to "The Biggest Loser" ranch in California, where the contestants get a wake-up call from the show's doctor about what ages their bodies really are vs. their chronological ages because of obesity. Then the eight teams compete in their first challenge -- and the lucky winner gets immunity from the first elimination of the season.
The new teams competing for the $250,000 grand prize are:
Parent-child teams:
Renee Wilson (Event manager), 46, and her daughter, Michelle Aguilar (Assistant director), 26, Ft. Worth, Texas.
Tom Desrochers Sr. (Cab driver), 42, and his son Tom Desrochers Jr. (Cab driver), 22, Everett, Massachusetts.
Shellay Cremen (Stay-at-home Mom), 51, Royal Oak, Michigan and her daughter Amy Cremen (Purchasing department representative), 26, Auburn Hills, Michigan.
Jerry Skeabeck (Police sergeant), 51, and his daughter Coleen Skeaback (Receptionist), 23, Cleveland, Ohio.
Husband-and-wife teams:
Ed Brantley (Chef), 31, and his wife, Heba Salama (Pharmaceutical sales representative), 30, Raleigh, North Carolina.
Adam Capers (Contracts manager), 39, and his wife, Stacey Capers (Contract pricing analyst), 33, Gainesville, Virginia.
Phillip Parham (Real estate agent), 41, and his wife, Amy Parham (Real estate agent), 40, Greer, South Carolina.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 02, 2008, 08:11:22 AM
THE BIGGEST LOSER SEASON 6 PREMIERE
EPISODE 1:
09/16/2008 (08:00PM - 10:00PM) (Tuesday)
HUSBAND-AND-WIFE TEAMS AND PARENT-ADULT CHILD TEAMS COMPETE IN MUST-SEE SEASON PREMIERE
It's all about families in the new edition of "The Biggest Loser," which features four husband-and-wife teams and four parent-adult child teams trying to lose weight through diet and exercise as they compete for a grand prize of $250,000.
Trainers Bob Harper and Jillian Michaels fly around the country, surprising their teams with the news they've been chosen for the show.
Then it's off to "The Biggest Loser" ranch in California, where the contestants get a wake-up call from the show's doctor about what ages their bodies really are vs. their chronological ages because of obesity.
Then the eight teams compete in their first challenge -- and the lucky winner gets immunity from this week's elimination.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 06, 2008, 12:33:18 PM
:popcorn: The Biggest Loser Season 6 Preview
For all you Biggest Losers fans,
check out a preview of the upcoming season premiering on September 16th only on NBC!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 06, 2008, 12:41:34 PM
.... some casting videos
The Biggest Loser Season 6
Adam Capers (Contracts manager), 39, and his wife, Stacey Capers (Contract pricing analyst), 33, Gainesville, Virginia.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 06, 2008, 12:44:42 PM
.... some casting videos
The Biggest Loser Season 6
Ed Brantley (Chef), 31, and his wife, Heba Salama (Pharmaceutical sales representative), 30, Raleigh, North Carolina.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 06, 2008, 12:47:00 PM
.... some casting videos
The Biggest Loser Season 6
Tom Desrochers Sr. (Cab driver), 42, and his son Tom Desrochers Jr. (Cab driver), 22, Everett, Massachusetts.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 09, 2008, 09:41:50 PM
The Biggest Loser Season 6 Update:
NBC ENCOURAGING AMERICANS TO LIVE HEALTHIER, MORE ACTIVE LIVES WITH "THE BIGGEST LOSER LEAGUE," A SUPPORTIVE SOCIAL NETWORK ON NBC.COM, KICKING OFF IN CONJUNCTION WITH NBC'S SEASON PREMIERE OF "THE BIGGEST LOSER: FAMILIES" ON TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 16 (8-10 P.M. ET)
Released by NBC
NBC is committed to helping Americans live healthier, more active lives with "The Biggest Loser League" www.thebiggestloserleague.com), a supportive social network on NBC.com kicking off right before the premiere of NBC's "The Biggest Loser: Families" on Tuesday, September 16 (8-10 p.m. ET).
"The Biggest Loser League" will allow people to create their own teams and recruit members from their communities at any level - families, friends, cities, companies, schools, organizations and neighborhoods. The site will provide the tools and resources needed for team leaders to create motivational messages, grab tips and weight loss tracking widgets, and utilize a tool kit of food journals, workout logs and challenge tips. Teams will also be able to compete against other teams to start living healthier, more active lifestyles while earning points for participation.
In addition to user-generated challenges, there will also be a weekly challenge that relates to that week's on-air episode of "The Biggest Loser: Families." The site will include helpful features like profiles, message boards, photo and video galleries and blogs for teams and members, a weight/BMI tracker, exercise, diet and motivational tips and a robust search page to help users find new friends or teams to join. It will also offer welcome kits for captains, leaderboards to track top point-earning teams and members, and special promotions and offers from the NBC store and www.biggestloserclub.com. Select teams may also be featured online and on NBC's local affiliate stations.
"'The Biggest Loser League' is the perfect example of what can happen when great television meets an active online community. With NBC.com's social networking capabilities, the possibilities are endless," said Vivi Zigler, President, NBC Universal Digital Entertainment. "We're really excited to see how far these enthusiastic, engaged fans will take it."
Some of the teams already proposed by fans include:
College Crusaders - College students who want to get healthy while getting their degrees!
Super Stay-at-Home Moms - Stay-at-home and work-from-home mothers who want to get fit!
Bay Area Beauties - For people who live in the San Francisco Bay Area.
Single & Sassy - Single gals looking to get back their confidence!
The Fifties - People looking to stay fit at 50.
The Wild Oats - The Biggest Loser League's vegetarian team!
Newlyweds - Newly wed, not newly fed...stay fit after saying "I do."
Yummy Mummies - Moms trying to lose the baby fat, even if their babies are all grown up!
Brides to Be - Dropping the weight in preparation for the big day.
"The Biggest Loser League" is the ideal way to encourage everyone from viewers at home to employees of major corporations to improve their health and their lives through a supportive and motivational online community. One top company already on board is Willis Group Holdings Limited, a leading global insurance broker which develops and delivers professional insurance, reinsurance, risk management, financial and human resource consulting and actuarial services to corporations, public entities and institutions around the world. Willis has more than 300 offices in some 100 countries, with a global team of approximately 16,000 associates serving clients in some 190 countries.
"We are excited to be partnering with NBC's 'The Biggest Loser' to promote 'The Biggest Loser League' and our new Winning With Willis program. We share a common goal: to help Americans lead healthier lives," said Mike Barton, leader of the Willis Employee Benefits Practice. "Nearly 80 percent of medical claims today are the result of long-term lifestyle choices. That's why companies want to encourage diet and exercise among their employees as a way to better manage ever-escalating healthcare costs, workers compensation losses and absenteeism. We can help them do that with our innovative program to support employee health and wellness. And the power of 'The Biggest Loser' brand gives us the instant recognition we need to make this program a tremendous success."
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 09, 2008, 09:49:47 PM
.... an interesting article:
Rodale, NBC Universal, and Reveille Extend The Biggest Loser Partnership Through 2008/2009 Season
Rodale to publish two additional The Biggest Loser books, including a companion cookbook in November
The Biggest Loser Club, the show's companion subscription Web site, to debut mobile application this fall
Rodale Inc., NBC Universal's Television, DVD, Music and Consumer Products Group, and leading production company Reveille announced today an extension to their partnership that includes more books, mobile, and Rodale integrations into the 2008/2009 seasons of the hit series The Biggest Loser, premiering September 16 on NBC at 8 p.m. EST. With the addition of a mobile application for the subscription Web site The Biggest Loser Club, the launch of two new Rodale-published The Biggest Loser books, multiple editor guest appearances on the show, and a comprehensive print promotion program, the integration will extend across more Rodale platforms than ever before.
"We are pleased to continue our partnership with Reveille and NBC to expand The Biggest Loser's assets to additional media platforms and revenue streams," said Gregg Michaelson, Executive Vice President, Customer Marketing, Rodale. "As a health and wellness media company, Rodale is always looking to work with partners who share our mission of promoting healthy living and embrace innovative ways of delivering content. Reveille has been such a partner for the past three years, and this season holds even more great opportunities for both of us than ever before."
"Rodale has built its reputation on helping people transform themselves through health and wellness," said Kim Niemi, Senior Vice President, NBC Universal Television, DVD, Music and Consumer Products Group. "It has been an ideal partner for us on The Biggest Loser and we are looking forward to our continuing success together." Mark Koops, managing director at Reveille, added, "Our aim has always been to provide great programming that engages our viewers. In the instance of The Biggest Loser, we have an additional goal--namely, to change lives. With the upcoming premiere of The Biggest Loser: Families, we are excited to work with Rodale to deliver another season of compelling, life-altering viewing integrated with online tools, books, and mobile applications."
For the first time, Rodale's companion subscription service Web site, The Biggest Loser Club (www.biggestloserclub.com), will be available via mobile devices. Users will be able to access many of the site's tools and features--including shopping lists, recipes, and customized diet and exercise plans--with their cell phones, ensuring that they can make the right choices and track their progress, anytime, anywhere. The site, which launched in 2005, will be highlighted during the "Where Are They Now?" segment of each The Biggest Loser episode this season as a key element of each participant's weight loss strategy.
Building on the success of the bestselling The Biggest Loser Cookbook, released in 2006, and the three additional The Biggest Loser books since, Rodale will publish a second cookbook in November. Author Devin Alexander will help readers recreate the healthy meals and habits they see on the program in their own homes with all-new recipes, trainer tips, and motivational stories. Rodale will also publish another The Biggest Loser companion book early next year, in conjunction with the launch of season seven in January.
Also new this season will be guest appearances from Men's Health Editor-in-Chief David Zinczenko and Prevention Nutrition Director Cynthia Sass, MPH, RD. Zinczenko will appear on the October 28 episode to show contestants how to make the right food choices, based on his bestselling book Eat This, Not That!, which has sold more than 600,000 copies to date. Sass will appear on the November 11 episode to show participants how to prepare healthier meals and overcome common food obstacles.
The Biggest Loser will also be integrated throughout Rodale's print properties. Contestant(s) from The Biggest Loser will again be featured on the cover and in the pages of the December issue of Prevention magazine. Editorial content related to The Biggest Loser will also run in the December editions of Men's Health, Women's Health, and Best Life. In addition, Rodale will publish The Biggest Loser-branded special interest publications in October, December, and February that will include meal plans, exercise programs, and other advice from the series' trainers, nutritionists, and contestants. Finally, a The Biggest Loser advertising campaign will run across all of Rodale's magazines.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 10, 2008, 08:18:00 PM
PURPLE TEAM
Parent Child Team
Shellay Cremen (Stay-at-home Mom), 51, Royal Oak, Michigan and her daughter Amy Cremen (Purchasing department representative), 26, Auburn Hills, Michigan.
Ed is a laid-back Southern chef. He is sincere and an extremely hard worker while running his own “one-man-show” catering business. With specialties like his irresistible mac’n’cheese, and shrimp and grits, how could he resist not tasting his dishes all day long? Ed was raised in a home where food was the center of everything. He began to really put on weight in his early teen years due to a combination of laziness and junk food. With his wife, Heba, Ed keeps a very busy social calendar where wine, food and friends make it hard to stay healthy. An all-around good soul, Ed wants to change his life in hopes of having a family someday. He is ready to turn his life around for good!
This hard-working, super-social husband and wife are always on the go! Both extremely competitive, they definitely help balance each other out. Heba brings the fire and energy and Ed cools things down with his laid-back Southern charm. They complete each other on many levels; from inspiring each other’s competitive spirits to being each other’s biggest cheerleaders. They have a giant love for life and it is obvious to everyone who knows them
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 12, 2008, 06:42:49 PM
Heba is an energetic go-getter. She is definitely the feisty element in the relationship. She wears her emotions on her sleeve and says whatever is on her mind. She works in the competitive world of pharmaceutical sales and her size makes each day an extra challenge. Heba began to put on weight around age 12 and gained 50 pounds her first year of college. To make things even more interesting, she married an amazing professional chef, Ed, who can whip up anything at anytime—who could resist? Due to her busy career and even busier social life, Heba’s health has taken a back seat over the years. One thing is for sure, she is ready to make a change forever, and wherever she is, there is sure to be a good time!
This hard-working, super-social husband and wife are always on the go! Both extremely competitive, they definitely help balance each other out. Heba brings the fire and energy and Ed cools things down with his laid-back Southern charm. They complete each other on many levels; from inspiring each other’s competitive spirits to being each other’s biggest cheerleaders. They have a giant love for life and it is obvious to everyone who knows them!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 12, 2008, 06:45:42 PM
Brady married Vicky when he was eighteen years old. He received a Doctor of Pharmacy degree and then put Vicky through anesthesia school. Part Native American, Brady’s Chitimacha heritage is something he takes great pride in and he donates his time to a local indigent pharmacy to help those less fortunate. There is nothing more important to him than his family. His two children are energetic, bubbly and bright but their four-year-old daughter is very overweight (67lbs) and it is all-consuming. He and Vicky would love nothing more than to teach their little girl how to eat right and exercise.
This competitive couple will be unstoppable! Their Southern roots have given them a big appetite for life and spicy food. They are united by a unique unbreakable bond. Surviving seventeen years of marriage and struggling through school while working has proven that they can beat the odds and still come out on top. This team has it all; Brady acts as the counselor and Vicky is a true competitor. Together they will win the hearts of America, but beware of the voodoo they will put on you if you try to get in their way! These two will not be afraid to stir up the pot if it means winning the game.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 12, 2008, 06:49:44 PM
Vicky is a very strong willed and goal-oriented person. Some may see her as an overachiever, but she sees herself as an ultra-competitive person who strives to be the best. She was always known as the “fat kid” in school and has had to use her personality to fit in. Vicky has mastered juggling a career, children, managing a home and being a wife. The only problem is she does not take time for herself; she puts everyone else first. Vicky desperately wants to get active and healthy. She wants to start living life instead of just existing in it! She is ready to stop her overeating and sedentary way of life and be a better example for her children. Vicky is an avid poker player and excellent at strategy and reading people—she plans on using this to her advantage on the show. She loves a good challenge and is ready to prove to herself and her family that working moms can have it all!
This competitive couple will be unstoppable! Their Southern roots have given them a big appetite for life and spicy food. They are united by a unique unbreakable bond. Surviving seventeen years of marriage and struggling through school while working has proven that they can beat the odds and still come out on top. This team has it all; Brady acts as the counselor and Vicky is a true competitor. Together they will win the hearts of America, but beware of the voodoo they will put on you if you try to get in their way! These two will not be afraid to stir up the pot if it means winning the game.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 12, 2008, 06:53:07 PM
Despite his towering presence and bodyguard physique, Adam is a friendly and affectionate guy who people look up to for guidance and leadership. However, Adam has struggled to take the lead in regards to a weight-loss plan. Adam has a twin brother and as a child, Adam was dubbed the “heavy twin.” Although Adam enjoys exercising—his basement is full of weights, resistance bands, and even a treadmill—a schedule full of frequent business travel usually gets him off track. He has been blessed and cursed with a wife who loves to cook. Adam has never been pushed to lose weight because he is always given a clean bill of health. As he approaches his 40th birthday, he knows that he needs to make a change as a measure of prevention. Being married and having children have also given Adam a new perspective on his health. Together with Stacey, he will show just what competitive spirit means.
Power punches come in twos—this husband and wife know how to get the job done. They work together, commute together, and raise a family together. As former athletes, this focused pair is going to be tough to beat!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 12, 2008, 06:56:19 PM
Stacey is a determined woman. When she sets her mind on something, it is as good as done. Growing up as the youngest child, she always felt she had to prove she was the best and could do anything. It is something that her parents instilled in her at a very young age. However, she has never been able to maintain that mindset when it comes to her weight. Stacey has been overweight all of her life. As a child she was always heavier than most of her classmates and often teased. Even though she was very athletic in high school, someone wrote in her friend’s yearbook that she was fat. After a long commute, preparing dinner and helping with homework, the time available for exercise is time that most people use sleeping. When time does present itself, it is usually not enough to be effective. Stacey is a great cook so meals are always bountiful, but not always healthy. The recent death of a close friend only one year older than she is has forced Stacey to re-evaluate how she is balancing her life so that she can be around for the very thing she cherishes the most—her family. She will finally prove to herself that every goal that she has is attainable, even those that have precluded her since childhood. With Adam by her side, she is even more motivated to get it done.
Power punches come in twos—this husband and wife know how to get the job done. They work together, commute together, and raise a family together. As former athletes, this focused pair is going to be tough to beat!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 12, 2008, 06:59:21 PM
Phillip is a strong competitor under that easygoing exterior. Raised as the oldest and only boy of three children, he began to be concerned about his body image at a young age. Even though he was a normal weight during high school, college and his young adult years, when he served in the U.S. Air Force he still saw himself as heavy and soon after began to gain weight. When he married his college sweetheart, Amy, 20 years ago, he weighed 185 pounds. Desperate to be a better husband and a healthier father for his sons, Phillip has vowed to get trim and healthy!
Charismatic and fun, Phillip and Amy are a married couple determined to win people over with their positive attitudes and competitive spirits. No strangers to a challenge, these two know how to work together and make it through any obstacle. College sweethearts, co-workers, parents and married for nearly 20 years, this couple is ready to add new chapters to their lives as they lose weight and get in shape together! Look out for these two because together they make a powerful team!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 12, 2008, 07:02:15 PM
Amy is very competitive and knows how to set a goal and reach it. She and Phillip were the top agents at their realty company last year. Her youngest son was diagnosed with autism five years ago. This proved to be a challenge so overwhelming that Amy turned to food for comfort and in the process gained 80 pounds. Amy feels like now is the time to focus on getting her body fit and healthy so she can be a good role model and parent for her sons.
Charismatic and fun, Phillip and Amy are a married couple determined to win people over with their positive attitudes and competitive spirits. No strangers to a challenge, these two know how to work together and make it through any obstacle. College sweethearts, co-workers, parents and married for nearly 20 years, this couple is ready to add new chapters to their lives as they lose weight and get in shape together! Look out for these two because together they make a powerful team!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 12, 2008, 07:04:54 PM
Jerry is a dedicated father who has always worked hard for everything in his life. He is honest, outgoing, funny and has a huge heart. Working as a police officer for over 25 years, Jerry has had to balance the wacky shift schedules along with the stress that comes with the job. But Jerry suffers from multiple health risks. He could possibly be the most unfit person to walk on the Biggest Loser campus. It has always been convenient for him to stop at any fast food place during his shifts, on his breaks or at the end of a shift before heading home. The poor food choices, along with working extra hours just to pay the bills, have really taken their toll on Jerry and caused him to packed on many extra pounds. As a former athlete, he is constantly wishing he had the extra push to fill those voids. Trying to keep up with his kids over the years has become difficult, and Jerry has had to miss out on many things in their lives due to his weight.
As a hardworking, fun and dedicated father/daughter duo, both are motivated to start living the best possible life by being healthy and fit. A true equation for entertainment, these two will inspire you with their drive for life. Both born and raised in Cleveland, they are not only good company, but great competition. Jerry feels that with the help and inspiration he gets from Coleen, together they will be unstoppable
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 12, 2008, 07:07:30 PM
Coleen is the second of four children in her family, but the only child who is overweight. Coleen has struggled with her weight since her early teen years. Being the only overweight child in her family has been tough on her. Never really feeling comfortable in her skin, Coleen searched for other ways to take the focus off of her weight. She is sociable, engaging and always has a hand to lend to whoever needs it. Growing up on fast food and quick-fix meals, Coleen began to pack on the pounds at a young age. Sitting at a desk and snacking all day is all part of her daily routine as a receptionist. Coleen is definitely a leader and loves to compete. She is a dedicated young girl who is sick of life flying past her. With life-sized goals set, this girl is ready to take on any challenge!
As a hardworking, fun and dedicated father/daughter duo, both are motivated to start living the best possible life by being healthy and fit. A true equation for entertainment, these two will inspire you with their drive for life. Both born and raised in Cleveland, they are not only good company, but great competition. Jerry feels that with the help and inspiration he gets from Coleen, together they will be unstoppable
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 12, 2008, 07:10:39 PM
The idea of dieting and losing weight has been something Michelle has always feared. She has felt over the years that a diet would control her and not let her live her life. Since then, she has realized just how important it is, and knows at 26 years old, it has been just the opposite. Her weight has been controlling her life in another way—holding her back from living a full life. She has a beautiful face, but she knows she is not the total package on the outside until she drops to her ideal weight. This has prevented her from dating and also from pursuing a career path. She has the brains to take on any field, as she graduated high school in just three years and even earned her aviation engineering license. As a bridesmaid in her sister’s upcoming wedding, she struggles with the thought of being remembered as the “other fat girl” standing next to her pregnant sister.
These two look more like sisters than mother and daughter. When Renee divorced Michelle’s father, she did not speak to her mother for over six years. Michelle and her mom have finally rekindled their relationship and look forward to this chance to make up for lost time. Renee hopes this will lead to a full reconciliation with all of her children and she also hopes to meet her two-year-old granddaughter for the first time.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 12, 2008, 07:13:38 PM
Renee has always struggled with her weight. She remembers her dad calling her a “Fat Tomato” as a child and it is something that has always stuck with her. She feels that giving birth to five children has been hard on her body as she has gained and lost weight from each child. However, she can pinpoint her divorce as the main cause for weight gain. Renee has since remarried and feels the extra weight she carries is a burden to the relationship; she lacks energy and it hurts their social life together. She even finds ways to avoid her husband’s formal dinner parties. At times, she does not even feel she recognizes the person she sees in the mirror. While she is active with volunteer work for her church, Renee knows she can be doing so much more. She also has a passion for interior decorating and travel. She hopes she and her husband can take a long overdo trip to Hawaii once she returns from "The Biggest Loser."
These two look more like sisters than mother and daughter. When Renee divorced Michelle’s father, she did not speak to her mother for over six years. Michelle and her mom have finally rekindled their relationship and look forward to this chance to make up for lost time. Renee hopes this will lead to a full reconciliation with all of her children and she also hopes to meet her two-year-old granddaughter for the first time.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 12, 2008, 07:16:32 PM
Amy has her mom’s sense of humor. She is a very talented girl, with an amazing voice. She works full time in the purchasing department of an automotive company, she takes college classes online for her bachelor's degree, and goes to cosmetology school in the evenings. She has a hard time standing for so long during school because of her weight. “Sometimes, I just wish I could take my feet off, they hurt so badly,” says Amy. Most of her meals are eaten from a fast food drive thru. She has battled her weight since middle school, and has never been able to get a grip on it. Amy feels people do not look past her weight and although she may be smiling on the outside, inside she is devastated with her appearance.
Shellay and Amy are a mother/daughter team who love each other, believe in each other, support each other and encourage each other. These two are ready to be transformed, no matter what the cost! Shelley was always the “cool” mom when Amy was growing up, while Amy was the funny daughter. These two are so expressive and honest, and have a great sense of humor. Every mother and daughter can relate to their love, bickering, support and banter.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 12, 2008, 07:19:22 PM
Shellay is a loving wife, mother and a great friend. She is always the person you can call on if you need anything. She has been a stay-at-home mom most of her married life and would like to look for a job, but she has lost confidence in herself because of her weight. She wakes up in the morning, thinking she will surf the web for a job, but ends up surfing the fridge for food instead. Exercise has never been a part of her life, but as she gets older she worries more about future health problems. She wants to be healthy and motivated, and she wants to prove she can do it!
Shellay and Amy are a mother/daughter team who love each other, believe in each other, support each other and encourage each other. These two are ready to be transformed, no matter what the cost! Shelley was always the “cool” mom when Amy was growing up, while Amy was the funny daughter. These two are so expressive and honest, and have a great sense of humor. Every mother and daughter can relate to their love, bickering, support and banter
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 12, 2008, 07:22:17 PM
Tom is married with three children; two boys and one girl. He works very hard trying to keep everyone in the family happy, but would like to spend a lot more time with his wife and kids. Tom has been driving a taxi in Boston for the last sixteen years, and he has let his weight slip out of control. His family and doctor constantly remind him that he needs to lose weight, but because he sits driving all day he does not get to exercise. Plus, as a result of being on the go, he has become a fast food junkie. Tom Sr. wants to break the cycle and give his son an opportunity he never had!
Tom Sr. and Tom Jr. are the father-and-son team who really do not like to lose at anything they do. They are competitive to the end, but they enjoy life and have fun together. Their team motto is: "Play now, pay later!" This team from Massachusetts is ready to show the world how strong a father/son bond is. They will keep us laughing and crying throughout their experience on the show. While they look big and tough, these guys have a sensitive side that they cannot hide.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 12, 2008, 07:25:24 PM
Tom Jr. is very outspoken and likeable. He has two siblings: a brother and sister, both younger. Tom Jr. has been overweight for most of his life. Even though he struggled with being overweight, he was a very active kid, and played a lot of organized sports such as football, baseball and basketball. Since he graduated high school he has put on significant weight. He now drives a taxi part time. He volunteer coaches Pop Warner Football for the kids in his spare time and the amount of time he has to exercise is limited. Tom never quits and will keep trying until the final whistle has blown.
Tom Sr. and Tom Jr. are the father-and-son team who really do not like to lose at anything they do. They are competitive to the end, but they enjoy life and have fun together. Their team motto is: "Play now, pay later!" This team from Massachusetts is ready to show the world how strong a father/son bond is. They will keep us laughing and crying throughout their experience on the show. While they look big and tough, these guys have a sensitive side that they cannot hide
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 14, 2008, 06:40:17 PM
An interesting article .... an interview with mother daughter team Renee and Michelle:
The Biggest Loser: Families mother-daughter team Renee Wilson and Michelle Aguilar
If you tune in late to this week’s premiere of The Biggest Loser: Families on NBC, you might not be able to tell that Fort Worth’s Renee Wilson and her daughter, Michelle Aguilar, were estranged for several years. They seem to get along well in the weight-loss competition, which features two types of teams this season: husband-wife and parent-child. Wilson, 46, is the executive assistant in the senior pastor’s office at her church, and Aguilar, 26, is a former assistant TV director. In separate telephone interviews that are edited together below, we quizzed them about the experience.
1Your story is a little different from the other contestants’. What’s the background there?
Aguilar: When my parents divorced, I decided that for me, at the age of, like, 20, that it was better that I not talk to my mom. It was too painful, too hard. My mom would make small attempts to get in touch with me at holidays, birthdays, things like that, with a card or with a gift. . . . And then, a year ago, on my birthday, she actually showed up at the television network that I worked at, and she brought me a gift, and that was the first step in her really making a solid effort toward opening up our lives of communication. About five or six years had gone by at this point.
Wilson: I just felt like, "Enough’s enough. I’m just going to show up at her work and see what she does." . . . It was very awkward, but she didn’t say "Go away," and I vowed from that point on to keep on inviting her and calling her. She’d take my calls and come to dinner, so we were just taking baby steps. All along I kept praying and believing that we were one day going to reconcile our lives. Probably about four months after that, she called me and said, "You’re never going to believe this, and I understand if you don’t want to do it, but would you like to try out with me for Biggest Loser?" And me, being the mom who’d do anything to reconcile with her daughter, said, "Sure."
2In the premiere episode, at least, y’all don’t seem to have as many conflicts as some of the other teams.
Aguilar: It’s funny — the other teams, we noticed right away, would come in as families. A lot of these people, it’s their enablers that are coming with them. It’s the people they love the most. For my mom and I, we were almost walking in as strangers. Granted, of course, we’re bound by blood, but we didn’t know a lot about each other during the past six years, so I think we were able to both walk in with a "fresh start" mentality.
Wilson: It worked to our advantage, in a way, because we just felt like we were going to give it everything we had. We didn’t have much conflict at first. It was just kind of more a quietness and learning to open up to one another and learning to trust one another through challenges and working together and being together 24/7. . . . It was definitely a life-changing event.
3How did you feel physically after the first day of working out? [The show’s trainers, Bob Harper and Jillian Michaels, put the teams through especially rigorous, hours-long workout routines.]
Aguilar: I wanted to die. [Laughs] I am not the athletic kind of girl. Never have been. Never thought of myself that way. So that first day was a rude awakening, and it was a rude awakening because I didn’t realize how unhealthy I was. I [realized], "I’ve got to change. Because this is so painful, I want this pain to stop, and the only way this pain can stop is if I keep at it."
Wilson: I thought, "What have I done?" [Laughs] Obviously, I weighed a whole bunch and I was living a pretty sedentary lifestyle. I really did think, "What have I done? Oh, my gosh. This is the first day. It’s just not going to get easier from here." But I’m not a quitter, and I vowed that I was going to do my best. I wanted to look back, so whether I was there for a week or for three months, I would have no regrets.
4What was your biggest reality check?
Aguilar: That I was so unhealthy. I think I thought if I dressed a certain way and I camouflaged my body just so, that people wouldn’t notice that I’d slowly gained weight over the years. Being on the show, having to put on spandex and a sports bra, is a reality check. You can’t hide who you are anymore. . . . Especially for women, this is a big huge deal: "Oh, this is what I weigh. And I’m going to tell the world."
Wilson: I knew I was in poor health and I knew I had to change my life, and this was the way I was going to do it. When Jillian would yell at us and scream, I’d cry, but then I’d tell myself, "You know what? She cannot kill me! She can yell at me all day long, but she cannot kill me! So just keep working!" And it worked.
5It’s lunchtime here, and I’m considering having a burger and fries or a tuna-salad sandwich. Which one should I have?
Aguilar: Don’t have either. Tuna [salad] has too much mayonnaise in it, so you don’t want that. You could do the burger, but take off the bun and leave all the tomato and lettuce on it. Don’t get the fries. You could get a fruit cup instead.
Wilson: I’d say maybe tuna salad, no mayonnaise. . . . Or how about burger and a salad?
[Reporter’s note: Aguilar and Wilson have continued their workout regimens. I, meanwhile, had the burger and didn’t take their advice. My loss.]
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 15, 2008, 01:58:50 PM
An interesting article .... an interview with father daughter team Jerry and Coleen
Ten Minutes With ... a father-daughter team on 'The Biggest Loser'
Family is the team theme for the sixth edition of NBC's weight-loss reality series, "The Biggest Loser." And the eight duos include a father-daughter team from the Cleveland area: Jerry Skeabeck, 51, a police sergeant in the village of Highland Hills, and his daughter, Coleen Skeabeck, 23, a former receptionist at a court recording firm in downtown Cleveland. He lives in Middleburg Heights. She lives in North Royalton. Their competition for the $250,000 grand prize: three other parent-child duos and four husband-wife teams.
The season has been filmed, except for the live finale. So the Skeabecks are back in Northeast Ohio, sworn to secrecy on how much they lost and how far they went in the competition. They shared some thoughts about facing this reality experience recently with Plain Dealer television critic Mark Dawidziak.
Coleen, I get the feeling this was more your idea.
Totally. Once my weight got to the point where it was like, "I gotta do something now," I felt that this show was the answer for me.
How did you persuade your dad to do this with you?
I told him this was the opportunity of a lifetime to change his life and, "We can go and try for this and lose weight together, and be healthy and happy together." And he was all for it, and here we are today.
Was that how it went down, Jerry?
Pretty much. I'm sure you'll relate to this: I'll do whatever I can for my kids. This meant a lot to her and was a big part of her dreams, and all I had to do was say one word, yes, to make this dream come true.
Had you ever watched "The Biggest Loser?"
Jerry: I caught the last four episodes of last season. I'm not much of a television person. I catch the Browns games and that's about it.
Coleen: I'm not a big reality watcher myself. I could just tell, from watching "The Biggest Loser," that it was not like any other reality show. People really cared about each other on the show.
Did you ever stop and think, "What are we getting ourselves into?"
Coleen: There is that moment of, "What am I doing? This is insanity." But then you realize, "This is the most amazing feeling ever. I'm changing my life, and I'm inspiring millions of Americans to do the same."
Jerry: Before I saw those episodes, there was a concern about, does this make fun of the chubby people? And then, of course, you realize how out of shape you are and how much you need to do to get yourself better.
What did you find out about yourselves?
Coleen: I knew I was a goal-oriented person, but I had to wake up and find out what my goals were. And I had to realize I have the potential to reach my goals and not to settle for less.
Jerry: It was a personal reality check, but, in a bigger sense, it was really eye-opening and an awakening about how serious the obesity problem is in this country.
You can't say how much you lost, but what were your starting weights?
Coleen: 218 pounds.
Jerry: And I was at 3,744 ... no, 380 pounds.
Short of knowing whether you're in the running for the $250,000, did you get what you wanted out this experience?
Coleen: We went into this to change our lives together. And the fact that my dad accepted my offer to go on the show meant more than anything in the world. The fact that he wanted to change his life, too, meant everything. The smile from ear to ear on both our faces says everything about how this has changed our lives.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 15, 2008, 03:29:01 PM
Reminder: :jumpy:
The Biggest Loser Families Season 6 Premieres Tonight 8:00 PM-10:00 PM EST
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 16, 2008, 02:42:09 PM
The Biggest Loser Season 6 Update:
NBC ANNOUNCES NEW FALL CONTENT
More Digital Entertainment Content For New and Returning Shows
NBC today announced its new content for the fall season. Each new NBC Entertainment show will launch with robust digital entertainment offerings. Each returning show's digital extensions will benefit from the significant evolution of material, which incorporates heavy feedback from the users. The announcement was made by Vivi Zigler, President, NBC Universal Digital Entertainment.
"NBC's content offering continues to grow exponentially - there is truly something for everyone," said Zigler. "The fans are interacting and having fun with their favorite NBC shows as they've never been able to before."
A description of the fall digital entertainment offerings on NBC follow:
"The Biggest Loser" - In addition to the recently announced "Biggest Loser League," fans will find extended versions of the elimination scenes, exclusive weekly bonus scenes, a new season of Alison McSweeny's blog and recipes from Rocco deSpirito.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 17, 2008, 11:44:37 PM
Episode 1:
The Green Team Adam and Stacey have been eliminated
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 17, 2008, 11:48:29 PM
Episode 2 next week on The Biggest Loser Season 6:
Tuesday, September 23, 2008 (8:00 PM-10:00 PM EST)
CHEF ROCCO DISPIRITO TEACHES CONTESTANTS TO MAKE HEALTHY, TASTY AND AFFORDABLE MEALS
The contestants get to bid on the percentage of body weight they think they'll lose this week,
and the highest bidding team can win $10,000 -- but only if they reach their weight loss goal.
Then it's off to a wild "sprint and slide" challenge, with the winning team earning a phone call home.
Later, Chef Rocco DiSpirito drops by to teach the contestants how to shop for and make healthy,
tasty and affordable meals before an elimination round sends another team packing.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 18, 2008, 05:43:55 AM
An interesting article an interview with Stacey and Adam:
Last night, The Biggest Loser kicked off its 6th season with contestants competing in pairs. Bob Harper led the teams of husbands and wives while Jillian took on parents and their children. Among the husbands and wives were Stacey and Adam, of Washington D.C. The two made it onto the show but unfortunately, their time was cut short when they were the first team eliminated. Stacey may have lost 9 pounds at the weigh in, but it wasn't enough compared to the double digits the rest of the women pulled. Up against Heba and Ed, the orange team, the contestants decided that the green team would be the first to go and today, they spoke to BuddyTV in an exclusive interview!
“I was happy and excited that we made the show,” Adam told BuddyTV today. His wife was a bit more enthusiastic, especially when she came face to face with her trainer for the first time. “I was ready to pass out! I could not believe that Bob came all the way to D.C. to surprise us. I just kept saying ‘Oh, my God!’ We were so excited and knew it was the beginning of a brand new life for us.”
Heba and Ed may have landed in the bottom this past week, but Stacey and Adam think that they might be the team to looking out. When asked who had the best work ethic, they were unanimous in saying that it was the oragen team. "Heba and Ed have the best work ethic," Stacey told BuddyTV. "They put in the time at the gym. Heba is SO awesome at pushing Ed at those critical moments. They have the desire and competitive spirit to make it happen."
Despite the fact that Vicky and Brady, the brown team, made the assumption that the green team acted like they had nothing to worry about the day of the weigh-in, Adam says that he didn’t feel misunderstood by any of the contestants and it’s not the reason they went home. “We got voted off for working hard - we worked hard because we were worried about going home that first week,” Stacey agreed.
Stacey and Adam may have been eliminated first this season but that doesn’t mean that their week with The Biggest Loser didn’t teach them life lessons that they took home with them. “One of the biggest changes has been getting more exercise into our daily lives and portion control,” Adam told BuddyTV. “ I am surprised that even though we do not eat as much, I am never hungry because I eat more frequently.” Since leaving the show, Stacy has lost 46 pounds and Adam has lost 54 pounds.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: gillward on September 23, 2008, 05:23:30 PM
Grey Team is by far my favorite. I think the show lacks some of the personalities that last year had, but LT seems like the new man on campus. I'll be watching tonight.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: Texan on September 24, 2008, 09:40:06 AM
I did not see the first show but watched last night. Seems like this is going to be an emotional season. First I have to say Colleen was really arogant and I think proably lost any kind of alliance she could have made. Plus with her lasting so long on the slide challenge if they last until individuals she will be a target.
The orange couple should have stuck to their guns and promise and not voted the gray team. If their vote did not matter in the over all count stick with your friends. They had a valid point in that they saved them the week before and they were returning the favor.
There are some people that need to lose ALOT of weight and some that need to lose a smaller amount. It will be interesting to see how they will do over the next couple of weeks. Like Jillian said week one you lose alot due to the change in exercise, water and food and then platue in week 2 . . . . week 3 will be a combination of all of it.
Right now I think my favorites are the purple and pink team. They seem to really be supporting each other. I liked the orange team but was disappointed in them not returning the favor.
The after shoots of the gray team looked wonderful. I am happy they are both getting healthy and helping their family. The Dad really seems torn and upset about his families weight and blames himself.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 24, 2008, 06:09:43 PM
The Biggest Loser Episode 2:
Eliminated: Grey Team Father and Son Tom Sr. and LT
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 24, 2008, 06:11:58 PM
An interesting article and interview with LT:
Fans of The Biggest Loser know that the second week is always toughest on the contestants. They seem to drop huge numbers in the first week and hardly anything in the second. The body is still trying to adjust to the amount of exercise and healthy food it’s getting. Coleen and Jerry made a bet, in a challenge, that they would lose 14 pounds. If they were successful, they’d win $10,000 but if they weren’t, they’d automatically fall below the yellow line. Together, the dropped 11 and, had they not made the bet, they would’ve ended in 3rd place this week. Yet, it was Tom and LT, the grey team, that ended up getting sent home after a shocking weigh in. Today, LT (Little Tom) spoke to BuddyTV about his weight gain, his elimination, and his relationship with his dad.
At the weigh in, jaws dropped when LT put up a +3 on the scale. His trainer, Jillian Michaels, was the only one in the room who was able to hide her shock, just saying that strange things happen in the second week. LT couldn’t seem to shed any light as to why or how he ended up gaining weight instead of losing it. “I don't know, still to this day it baffles me because I worked really hard in the 2nd week even more than I did in week one,” he told BuddyTV. “All I know is the body does things in mysterious ways.”
LT does admit that the second week was harder than the first – not just for him, but for everyone. “The workouts increased as well as the intensity. It was extreme in that second week,” he said. He felt that he and his father were a great team, because they were both great competitors and worked well together. He even went as far as to say that the grey team had the best work ethic of anyone this season. “I think our work ethic was overlooked by some of the contestants on the show,” he admitted.
Since leaving the show, LT has lost 81 pounds and Tom has lost 65. "Everything we used to do before The Biggest Loser we changed, from eating to exercising and working," LT told BuddyTV. "It all changed for the better. We are glad to have been a part of this."
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 24, 2008, 06:23:01 PM
Next Week On The Biggest Loser:
Tuesday, September 30, 2008 8:00 PM-10:00 PM EST
Episode 3
CONTESTANTS TAKE ROAD TRIP TO THE GRAND CANYON
This week, the contestants take a road trip to one of the most beautiful places in the world - the Grand Canyon! On the way there, they stop by a convenience store for a temptation challenge with host Alison Sweeney that will provide the winning team a much more luxurious trip for their scenic getaway. Once they arrive at the Grand Canyon, they have to figure out how to work out with no gym and no trainers. Later, the family teams compete for an amazing prize in a kayak challenge on the Colorado River before heading back to the ranch, where medical problems threaten to sideline one contestant. Then a surprise shake-up at the weigh in makes for the most difficult and emotional elimination so far.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 24, 2008, 06:25:11 PM
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 25, 2008, 05:57:54 PM
Ali's Blog:
How much did you love Bob ripping up that ‘yellow line’ in the middle of the gym. Seriously. He’s awesome. And I have so much admiration for Jerry – sticking it out, given everything he’s up against, medically, he is so dedicated. And didn’t those water slides seem like so much fun??!! 200 feet?!
The hike up was so brutal, but the ride down a total blast. I’m so into challenges like that. But man, it was so physically challenging on everyone. Doubly so for Coleen and LT who had to go twice as often on behalf of their dads. It was so intense to see them go at it.
It was so incredible the way he transformed all those recipes to make them low cal and healthy. And I love that all the team members who don’t like to cook were the ones doing the cooking! I am so trying those recipes! (I swear, my pregnancy cravings are so weird. It seems when people bring up certain foods, all of a sudden I HAVE to have it. Like a camera guy at Days yesterday was talking about how he home-makes hot sauce. Literally, my mouth started watering. He promised to bring me some!!) LT ‘s comments after the elimination were cracking me up. He is such a cool guy. It’s so great to see how awesome they look now. Yup – next week we’re going to the Grand Canyon. Can’t wait for you to see how that went
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 26, 2008, 01:28:03 PM
Keeping Up With Alison
Alison Sweeney, host of "The Biggest Loser",
talks to Better TV about life, work and her own weight loss struggles.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 29, 2008, 03:55:00 PM
The Biggest Loser Season 6
On this weeks episode Coleen will be celebrating her birthday on the ranch,
check out some of the celebration and tune in for the full thing tomorrow night
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 30, 2008, 02:59:15 PM
An interesting article:
Nutritionist from 'The Biggest Loser' dishes straight talk on weight loss
When it comes to weight loss, Cheryl Forberg knows how to do it big.
As the nutritionist who co-wrote "The Biggest Loser" diet plan, Forberg has helped contestants lose thousands of pounds and transform their bodies and lives on the NBC-TV show. This season's special "Families" edition features two local contestants: the mother and daughter team of Amy and Shellay Cremen of Auburn Hills and Royal Oak, respectively.
A registered dietitian and chef, Forberg, 52, stresses the importance of focusing as much on the quality as the quantity of calories.
Here's Forberg's take on healthy eating and "Loser."
How did you get involved with "The Biggest Loser"?
"Loser" was the first weight-loss show on TV; they had no idea how it would go over. A colleague at UCLA did the first season and happened to be working on another project and couldn't (continue). I've done all except the first season.
What are three simple changes people can make to be more healthful?
Give up the white stuff (sugar, flour, etc.) if you want to get the scales moving. It's an invaluable step to take. Keep a food journal -- food journaling is a very powerful tool. Make time for exercise that you love. It can be dancing, hula hooping, whatever, as long as you burn calories.
Why do you use agave nectar, not sugar, in your recipes?
Agave nectar is similar to honey but a little thinner and with a lighter taste. It has a relatively low glycemic index and has some antioxidants.
Were you ever overweight?
I gained about 25 to 30 pounds in college. I signed up for some crazy weight-loss plan. I was spending a lot of money on a very low-calorie diet, but the high cost motivated me to stick with it. I was 19 at the time, and I learned that for the rest of my life, I can't eat what I want.
Losing weight is one thing; maintaining is another. How is that done?
Once you reach your weight, you can slowly reintroduce foods and see what happens. At the same time (you reach your goal weight), you're probably slowing down on the exercise. If weight starts to creep up again, never let it go more than 3, 4, 5 pounds tops.
What are some good snack foods?
An apple or orange sounds like a healthy snack but it's not. You need to have a little protein, carbohydrate and healthy fat at each meal and snack.
Have an apple with a mozzarella stick or almonds; apple slices with peanut butter; a carton of yogurt (Forberg recommends Greek yogurt because of its higher protein count); edamame; half of a sandwich made with whole-grain bread, mustard and turkey; a smoothie.
You mentioned, with the exception of dairy, calories should come from food, not beverages. Besides water, what else is good?
Drinking three to four cups of green tea a day can kick up your metabolism by 80 calories. Green tea also has lots of anti-aging compounds.
What kind of diet plan are contestants on?
They eat four cups of fruit and vegetables, mostly vegetables, lots of lean protein like turkey, chicken without skin, egg whites, red meat occasionally, lots of dairy. It's a modified low-carb -- a little higher in protein because we're doing a lot of exercise. The first couple of weeks, it's literally detox -- no sugar. All of a sudden (contestants) are eating all this healthy stuff. They sleep well, think clearly, their hair shines. They don't remember the last time they felt this good.
How many calories does a woman contestant eat per day on the show?
About 1,200. Three hundred calories for breakfast, lunch and dinner and 150-calorie snacks twice a day. They can have snacks at different times of their choice. We like them to have a little complex carbohydrate, protein and healthy fat at each meal and snack. The biggest man -- we have some football players -- might get 2,400.
What about water?
I recommend eight glasses of water. Probably on the show they drink gallons because they exercise so much.
What do you do if you're dieting and hungry?
Eat more. If you get too hungry, you'll eat too much the next meal, too fast and the wrong things. We want them to be satisfied. If you feel calories are not enough, let's kick it up another 200 calories, considering you're eating the proper balance (45 percent complex carbohydrates, 30 percent protein and 25 percent healthy fats). If you're eating 75 percent carbohydrates, we're not going to (increase calories).
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on September 30, 2008, 11:50:24 PM
:'( Darn show all that crying it's hard to watch
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 01, 2008, 12:59:17 AM
:lol: An interesting article: thanks Sarah for thinking the same thing :'( :funny:
'The Biggest Loser: Families': Why are you crying?
And now, a (completely fictional) message from the makers of The Biggest Loser: Families: "Hello, friends. As you probably know, we here at BL Central find nothing so delicious and invigorating as the sweet, sweet tears of an innocent and unwilling public. The tears collected from out contestants are a satisfying appetizer, but we want more. That's why we're doing everything in our power to make you, the viewing audience, get all sniffly this episode. Did it work? Did it? You better say it did! Because if we don't collect enough of your luscious lachrymal nectar, next weeks challenge will involve sad clowns holding dead puppies. Thank you, and keep crying!"
This spoiler is glad to check something off the life list.
That's as good a scenario as I can come up with for why this episode was so heavy on the maudlin and tear-jerking scenarios. Let's put good people in impossible positions, and then verbally poke them with a sharp stick! Gah!
Ahem. Now that I've got that out of my system...
The Road Trip The competitors participate in the American rite of passage known as the Road Trip -- they're off to the Grand Canyon! Along the way, they stop off at a convenience store for a temptation challenge, where teams got to guess on the calorie content of snack foods. The team that came closest to the calorie count without going over won a product placement. Collect three product placements, and they got to stay in a plus, product-placed RV. Everyone else would be camping. As in, in tents. Oh, and the teams that DON'T have the correct guess have to eat the treat in question.
Team Orange takes an early lead in the challenge, winning two rounds back-to-back. The rest of the teams basically cede the prize to them, declining to even play the last round. Ed and Heba celebrate, and immediately stretch out in the relative luxury of a gas-guzzling behemoth.
At the campsite, the teams find a stack of exercise equipment -- resistance bands, yoga mats, medicine balls -- and are completely clueless as to how to use it. They try throwing the medicine balls at each other, but after Renee gets a bloody nose from an ill-caught ball, that gets put aside. Still -- they're in the Grand Canyon. Just hiking some of the steeper trails will beat the heck out of the Stairmaster or treadmill. But the campers would rather be happy than sweaty, so it looked like they took a couple of gentle walks on flat terrain. Oooh, they're going to be in big trouble when Bob and Jillian find out...
The Challenge The competitors meet Alison down by the Colorado river, where kayaks and ropes are waiting. One team member gets in a kayak and rows like hell. After 90 seconds, the team member left at the dock gets to try to haul back other teams' kayaks. The last boat to hit to dock wins the product placement RV.
Most teams leave their strongest member on the dock to pull, and send their weaker member out rowing. The only exception: Team Orange. Ed rows like crazy and gets much further out than anyone else. Team Purple screws up royally when Shellay decides to toss the entire wad of rope into the water instead of playing it out gradually. The rope becomes a tangled anchor, and Amy can't get far from the dock at all.
When it comes time to pull, most boats are brought back easily. Ed and Red Amy are the last two out there, and Ed's rowing is stronger, so he's able to hold off the hauling longer. Team Orange wins the Product Placement they're sleeping in. Team Red's Phil has a moderate snit fit -- I really wanted this for my kids! --but he seems to get over it pretty quickly.
Tearjerking, part one The camping trip coincides with Coleen's 24th birthday. Ed brings out a cake, and then everyone takes turns going around the circle and talking about how great and inspiring and amazing and fabulous and saintly and wonderful Coleen is. When they get to Jerry, he's too overcome with emotion to speak. Coleen tells him he doesn't need to say anything -- she knows what's in his heart. The entire campsite (and maybe, just maybe, a recapper or two) is conspicuously moist-eyed.
At this point, after all the accolades, I decided that Team Yellow was doomed.
Back at the Ranch Bob and Jillian are, predictably, most put out that their charges didn't take advantage of their vacation to work their asses off. The spend the first part of the last-chance workout showing them what they SHOULD have been doing -- basically, lots of calisthenics and strength moves using basic or no equipment -- and then bring them into the gym. there is much grunting and squealing and hurting and ow.
Michelle is having a particularly hard time of things, so Dr. Jillian and Drill Sergeant Jillian tag-team her psyche. Do you ever stand up for yourself? Dr. Jillian asks. :Ike, say, by telling me to stop hitting you? Drill Sergeant Jillian adds. This goes on for a while, and Michelle finally stops being polite and starts being... well, slightly less polite. Baby steps.
Jerry starts limping during the sprints, and his right leg is swelling alarmingly. Jillian eventually sends him in to the medical guys, who send him to the hospital to check for blood clots or infection. The good news: It's not either of those, which can be deadly. The bad news: He's torn his hamstring, and he won't be able to work out much, if at all, until it heals in two or three weeks.
The Weigh In Alison announces yet another twist -- this week, only one team will fall below the yellow line, and the members of that team -- that family -- will have to decide among themselves who is going home. Everyone starts freaking out. Michelle is particularly terrified -- she and Renee just started talking again, and now they might have to talk about which one should get booted? Oy.
Team Red Amy: 209 to 204, -5 pounds Phil: 300 to 290, -10 pounds. Together they lost 15 pounds, or 2.95 percent.
Team Orange Heba: 280 to 275, -6 pounds Ed: 309 to 299, -10 pounds Together they lost 16 pounds, or 2.72 percent.
Team Purple Amy: 219 to 213, -6 pounds Shellay: 201 to 198, -3 pounds Together they lost 9 pounds, or 2.14 percent.
Team Pink Michelle: 223 to 220, -3 pounds Renee: 248 to 242, -6 pounds Together they lost 9 pounds, or 1.91 percent.
Team Brown Vicky: 223 to 220, -3 pounds Brady 306 to 301 -5 pounds Together they lost 8 pounds, or 1.51 percent.
Team Yellow Coleen: 202 to 195, -7 pounds Jerry: 358 to 360, +2 pounds Together they lost 5 pounds, or 0.89 percent.
Coleen and Jerry are devastated, and Alison (at the producers' behest I know, but that makes it no less galling) asks the usual questions about are they disappointed and don't they feel horrible and shouldn't they just curl up and die, etc.
But that's not even the galling part. The absolute worst is Team Brown's reaction. Vicky just starts grinning when she sees Jerry's weight. I know, I know, Team Brown wants to stay on campus as much as anyone else. But still, reveling in Jerry's misfortune, after you spent the camping trip talking about how awesome Coleen was and how special Coleen and Jerry's relationship was? Tacky is the least of it. At least pretend to be concerned about someone else, ok, Team Brown?
The Elimination (aka, Tearjerking, part two) Coleen and Jerry retreat to their room and OH! the PAIN! Coleen wants Jerry to stay -- if he doesn't lose weight, he'll DIE! Jerry wants Coleen to stay -- it was her idea, it's her opportunity, he doesn't want her to grow up like him, he's injured, it's a far, far better thing I do, etc. Coleen fights the logic for as long as she can, but eventually, she gives in. Jerry is going home.
But not before Alison brings on Tearjerking, part three: Hey, everybody, why don't you all go around the table and talk about how utterly awesome and touching and inspiring Coleen and Jerry are! Oh, and here, why don't you chop this onion while you're doing so? And do you mind if I spray a little Mace in your general direction? You get the picture. Tears all around.
Realistically, Jerry had to be the one who went home. The ranch isn't the right place for him -- it's too intense for someone with as many physical problems as he had. His body just couldn't take the strain. But back at home, he's exercising sanely, eating well, and has dropped 70 pounds. Dr. H even comes to visit to tell Jerry how much healthier he is. "This is what The Biggest Loser is all about," Dr. H says. Wrong, Dr. H -- it's about collecting tears, remember? Keep up!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 01, 2008, 03:47:43 PM
An interesting article an interview with Jerry:
Exclusive Interview: Jerry Skeabeck of 'The Biggest Loser'
On last night's episode of The Biggest Loser, host Alison Sweeney was just full of surprises for the contestants. First, she took them on a road trip to The Grand Canyon, where they had to camp out for a few days without their trainers. Then, at the weigh in, she informed them that only one team would fall below the yellow line and that would be the only team up for elimination. Whoever had the lowest percentage of weight loss would have to decide which team member would head home and which one would continue on in the competition. That was a decision no one wanted to make but unfortunately, one that the yellow team was faced with. In an emotional elimination ceremony, Jerry Skeabeck said goodbye his daughter, Coleen, and headed home. Today, he spoke to BuddyTV in an exclusive interview.
Coming on the show was not necessarily Jerry’s idea but he had a hard time turning down his daughter when she suggested that they try out for The Biggest Loser together. “This was all Coleen's idea,” Jerry told Buddy TV today. “She's a huge Biggest Loser junkie and, as a dad, how could I say no to improving our lives?” The two had barely arrived before Jerry took a trip to the hospital and found out that he was the least healthy contestant the show had ever seen. Instead of scaring him, it only motivated him to get his life on track. “I promised myself I would do whatever needed to be done to keep all my kids in the game when it came to being healthy,” he said.
The experience of being on The Biggest Loser was one that Jerry is happy he shared with his daughter but these two didn’t come into the competition with any issues that needed addressing or healing. “Coleen and I were always close as I believe I am with all four of my tax deductions,” he joked. On last night’s episode, Jerry was forced to say goodbye to his daughter, a move that was very difficult for him. “It, truly for a lack of a better choice, sucked,” he admitted. “I felt like I let her down “
Since heading home, Jerry has made some serious changes to his life and is 70 pounds lighter. “I have changed some bad habits into a positive lifestyle with at least 12 hours a week in the gym,” he told BuddyTV. “I also make better choices when it comes to nutrition.”
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 01, 2008, 04:15:43 PM
:jumpy: Next week 2 Episodes on The Biggest Loser
The Biggest Loser Tuesday, October 07, 2008 8:00 PM-9:00 PM EST
FAMILY TEAMS FACE TOUGHEST CHALLENGE YET
In part one of this two-part episode, one team gets to go home and surprise their loved ones, while another team cashes in on a prize to spend 24 hours with their trainer for a day they'll never forget! Then the contestants face their toughest challenge yet - a water tower competition that tests their endurance like never before. Later, one group of contestants incurs the wrath of their trainer when it seems they aren't working out as hard as they need to to stay on the ranch.
The Biggest Loser Wednesday, October 08, 2008 9:00 PM-10:00 PM EST
SURPRISING WEIGH-IN FORCES ONE TEAM TO SEND FAMILY MEMBER HOME
In part two of this two-part episode, one group of contestants tries to convince their trainer that they are committed to stepping up their workouts. Later, one of the contestants has a heart-to-heart talk with her trainer about relationship issues with their family member. And a surprising weigh-in forces one team to send a family member home when they fall below the yellow line.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: pledge on October 01, 2008, 04:21:40 PM
Jerry is really looking good ---- very proud of him.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 01, 2008, 04:34:00 PM
Jerry is really looking good ---- very proud of him.
He did wow he lost 70 pounds so glad he changed his lifestyle
I believe this show saved him from mostly likely a premature dealth incredible!!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 02, 2008, 06:26:52 PM
Another interesting article:
Jerry Skeabeck talks about his 'The Biggest Loser' elimination
According to Jerry Skeabeck, his body was in so much pain during his The Biggest Loser: Families stay that he can't even pinpoint when he suffered the torn hamstring injury that led to his ouster from reality competition.
"I was in so much pain from being so rusty and out of shape I believe it [happened] a few days before [it got so bad the medics looked at it,]" Skeabeck told Reality TV World during a media conference call on Wednesday.
The injury -- which caused swelling in his leg and initial fears that he may be suffering from a blood clot -- prevented the 51-year-old police sergeant from Cleveland from continuing his workout. But Skeabeck told reporters that the injury ended up having more than he had initially thought to do with the weight gain he experienced during his final The Biggest Loser ranch weigh-in.
"Basically when I tore my hamstring, a lot of blood excessed upon the muscle from my hamstring and ran down into my leg, which caused me to retain water weight," he told reporters. "I think [my right leg] was actually swollen up a full three, or [maybe] three and a half inches larger than my left leg. It took quite a while for it to heal and quite a while for it to rehabilitate to the point where I'm running today.
Skeabeck told reporters that after being "the chubby kid" in school, his obesity had gotten worse after a series of wrestling injuries had led to him exercise less over the years.
"I just got out of the gym and didn't do [anything]," he told reporters. "I became sedentary and ate terribly!"
Skeabeck added that while his daughter Coleen Skeabeck, a 23-year-old receptionist from Cleveland,OH, had previously applied to appear on The Biggest Loser, she had convinced him to add his name to her application after hearing of The Biggest Loser: Families.
He added that it was only after being accepted onto the show and arriving at The Biggest Loser ranch that he truly realized that he needed to significantly change his lifestyle or suffer the consequences.
"You know things are no good when you get a doctor who's such an authority such as [The Biggest Loser doctor Dr. Wayne Huizenga] giving you the cold hard facts and then giving you visual data [about yourself]," Skeabeck told Reality TV World. "This is a guy who knows what he's talking about, and [he said] 'You need to wake up. you need to wake up or die.'"
After hearing Dr. Huizenga's dire warnings, Skeabeck has continued to work on his weight since leaving the competition and now weighs 298 lbs. -- a sharp drop from the 380 lbs. he weighed at The Biggest Loser's initial weigh-in.
"I went out [to The Biggest Loser ranch] with four blood pressure medicines. I don't have any blood pressure medicines now," he told reporters before adding that both his sleep apnea and heart arrhythmia had also disappeared since his weight loss.
"I just wake up and look at this good looking guy every day and smile," he said with a laugh.
Skeabeck credited much of his weight loss to Coleen, who continually impressed him with her hard work and determination on the ranch.
"I think every [parent] knows that you can lead a horse to water but you can't make it drink, and I got pretty lucky," Skeabeck told reporters. "Being out there with Coleen and seeing what she did on the challenges and how intense she was with her workout... It [showed] the tenacity I always knew she had."
However it was that admiration for his daughter and desire to remain close to her that made the decision-making process that resulted in sending him home during Tuesday's episode even more difficult for Skeabeck.
"It just breaks your heart when one of your kids is away from you," he told reporters. To go out there and have to leave your kid again in California... you know, we're 'Buckeyes.' We're from Cleveland. We go to work every day and pay the bills and we hear about all the 'Tinseltown stuff.' So to leave my kid there... knowing that she was going to be fending for herself. As a Dad, yeah it was real tough."
He added that while he could not speak to Coleen while she remained on the show, Dr. Huizenga had acted as an intermediary of sorts between the two so they could continually encourage each other.
While Skeabeck wouldn't say who he favored to win the competition, he told reporters that he had never looked at The Biggest Loser as an individual competition. Instead, he said he had only joined the show as a means to change his family's life and had noticed nothing but the same mind set from the other competitors on the show.
"I didn't actually listen to one person who said 'hey this is The Biggest Loser.' I just said to myself 'everyone's a big winner here because we all go through the same problems,'" Skeabeck said. "Some are more [and] some are less and we're all making corrections here in our life."
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 03, 2008, 07:49:13 PM
An interesting article:
The Biggest Loser Roundup: Jerry Dropped, Was In Shock Over Weight Gain
Jerry Skeabeck made The Biggest Loser history books when he joined the show as the most unfit person they had ever seen. Thanks to some ingenuity by his daughter Coleen and the support of fellow contestants, Jerry made it through to week three. His physical limitations kept him out of many challenges, and most recently, his leg injury prevented him from working out. Jerry and Coleen were the ones to fall below the yellow line, and Jerry bit the bullet and sent himself home. So, does he regret his decision? Fancast.com got the chance to chat with Jerry about his weight-loss techniques, his current mindset, and his plans to become a runner.
What were your initial thoughts when you found out only one team member was going home? We concentrate so hard on just making a team effort so when that popped up it was a little surprise. It gave every something more to think about. It was highly stressful to make that decision.
After dropping so much weight, what’s the major difference in your body? I felt it when I got on my motorcycle. It didn’t say “one at a time!” Basically, appearance was a big issue. How you look and feel is a big issue with everybody. When it comes to the physical capabilities I have now that I haven’t had for 20 years.
Did you have any doubts that you could do this home alone? It’s like a war and you got to win it. That was always on my mind. I got to do this, I’m going to do this, and it’s going to be done. Failure was not an option.
What was the biggest change you faced going back home? The biggest change was breaking habits. I had some really bad habits that I created. At Biggest Loser I changed my habits; I changed my lifestyle for the positive. The results are overwhelming when it comes to health and nutrition. I feel so good.
Your bio said that you were the most unfit person ever on the show. How do you feel about that? It is what it is. This is not a show that is creating something that didn’t happen. It’s something that I created with the lifestyle that I created for myself. It led to obesity and high blood pressure and all that other crazy stuff. This is why we have so many problems in this fast food society, this life of convenience because we don’t want to get up off the couch and exercise and eat healthy. I felt that they were telling the truth and what you see is what you get.
How is it now going back to your job on the police force? The support has been overwhelming. The police here are more than supportive. They’ve really come together and we talk about health, nutrition, and working out. If you would have told me that I would have done this a year ago, much less 6 months ago, I would have said you were crazy.
Was the decision to go home as hard for you to make as it was to watch? Absolutely. We went in there as a team. The crazy thing is this, I have a son who’s a Marine and is overseas. It just breaks your heart when one of your kids is away from you. To leave my kid there… as a dad it was really tough. I was in the mindset that she needed to stay more than I did. She was living her dream. She was a BL junkie. Dad was just involved with this. I knew how unhealthy I was. She was hell-bent on me staying there. We had some discussion big-time.
You guys weren’t doing a lot of working out at the Grand Canyon. They were making a lot of excuses about the lack the gym. Do you think people just wanted to take the week off? For me, being there I was looking for an excuse not to do anything. My back was hurting, even my ears were hurting! I don’t think it was an excuse, but speaking for myself, it was human nature. I was looking for something to slack and I slacked that week.
How has your health improved since you lost weight? I went out there with four blood pressure medicines and I don’t have any now. I’m medicine free! My sleep apnea caused a heart arrhythmia over the years and I don’t have any of that anymore. I just wake up and look at that good looking guy in the mirror and smile!
What went through your mind at the last weigh in when you realized you had gained two pounds? It actually was complete shock. A lot of things were explained to me afterward how the weight gain occurred. Basically when I tore my hamstring a lot of blood ran down into my leg which caused me to retain water weight. I think it had actually swollen up 3 ½ inches larger than my other leg. It took a while to heal and rehabilitate to the point where I’m running today.
You got to participate in the challenge last night where you had to sit out. How did it feel to finally be a part of your team? It was good. When you’re with your family and you have to participate in some kind of challenge and you cannot participate you don’t know how that tears you up. To be out there, I was having a good time.
Did you feel like you were picked on by Jillian because you were the underdogs of her team? That’s what you call hard love. Jillian is probably one of the most knowledgeable people and her record speaks for herself. Sometimes people get their points across in different ways and she definitely got her point across! She’s a fantastic human being.
Any plans for a 5K or anything? Absolutely. We’re training right now. I’m trying to get a 5K in before the finale.
What your favorite guilty pleasure? Pasta and lots of it! I’m pasta freak. I can eat in now in limited portions. I eat wheat pasta and I’m careful with my servings… and do some serious burning after I eat it!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 08, 2008, 02:56:38 AM
An episode recap:
The Biggest Loser: Episode 6.4 Recap
Tonight's episode of The Biggest Loser, which is normally 2 hours, was cut in half due to the presidential debate. The contestants are still reeling from the new twist this season, where only one family will fall below the yellow line. The losing family will have to decide which one of them will go home, instead of being voted out by the other contestants. Jillian helps Coleen with the loss of her father, who eliminated himself after the yellow team lost the last weigh in. Coleen is now the only contestant without a family member to support her and get her through this process but all that will change after the next weigh in.
Amy and Phil get a 24 hour trip home, after receiving that as a prize on last week's episode. They share an emotional reunion with their kids, who can't believe how much weight they've lost. The family heads out on a hike through the woods, where Amy and Phil can really show how their lives have changed since starting on The Biggest Loser. Back in California, Amy and Shellay also use their prize from week 1, which was 24 hours alone with Jillian, their trainer. The day together isn't exactly what the purple team had hoped for. They spend the day at 24 Hour Fitness, where Jillian works them to the point of exhaustion and tears.
For tonight's challenge, each contestant will stand on a bar, holding onto handlebars, as water leaves the giant tank they're in. The winners will get a package from home, to cure their homesickness, as well as a 3 day VIP pass to Universal Studios Hollywood which includes airfare. Coleen was the first to drop and, as the only yellow team member, had the odds stacked against her. The last two on the bars were Vicky and Amy (purple). Vicky is able to hang on the longest and wins the challenge. She gets to pick another team to give the package to and Vicky chooses the purple team.
In their workout with Jillian, the parent-child teams face her wrath when she finds out that they haven't been doing their cardio. She screams at them, telling them she'll watch them go home, one by one, and count the days until the next season, when she can get people who actually care. When Amy smiles during her rant, Jillian sends her inside and say she's had it with her team.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 08, 2008, 11:01:46 PM
A recap for tonights episode:
The Biggest Loser: Families - Episode 5 Recap
Tonight’s episode of The Biggest Loser where last night’s left off – with Jillian freaking out on her team for being lazy and not doing the homework that they were assigned. Bob puts the competition aside for a minute to find out what happened from Jillian and agreed with her reaction and emotion in this situation. After being kicked out of the gym, Amy returns to continue working out, a move that Jillian calls a “good choice”. She reels her team back in, gets them back into a good workout mode, and counsels them through the issues that brought them to the show in the first place.
Tonight's episode takes us right to the weigh in and here are tonight's numbers from the scale:
Coleen: 3 pound loss (1.54%) Michelle and Renee: 4 + 5 = 9 pound loss (1.95%) Amy and Shellay: 5 + 4 = 9 pound loss (2.19%) Amy and Phil: 5 + 3 = 8 pound loss (1.62%) Heba and Ed: 8 + 0 = 8 pound loss (1.40%) Vicky and Brady: 3 + 9 = 12 pound loss (2.30%)
Heba was excited that she lost 8 pounds, until she saw that Ed didn't lose anything this week. That means that one of them will have to go home while the other stays to continue their weight loss journey. At the elimination ceremony, the orange team reveals that Ed will be the one going home. Heba breaks down at the thought of having to go on without him but he feels that they've made the right decision.
Since leaving the show, Ed has lost 85 pounds. His ultimate goal is to weigh 180 pounds.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 09, 2008, 05:15:32 PM
Next week on The Biggest Loser:
Tuesday October 14, 2008 8:00 PM-10:00 PM EST
Episode 5
CONTESTANTS FACE LONGEST CHALLENGE EVER - FROM SUN UP TO SUNDOWN
This week, the contestants are left in the dark - literally - during a wild baked goods temptation, with the winner gaining considerable power that could completely change the competition. Later, host Alison Sweeney wakes the contestants up to gather them for the challenge, which will last from sun up to sundown - the longest challenge in Biggest Loser history. One contestant struggles with a decision about whether to stay at the ranch or go home, and then an elimination round sends another contestant packing.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 09, 2008, 08:20:02 PM
An interesting article an interview with Ed:
Exclusive Interview: Ed Brantley of 'The Biggest Loser: Families'
This week, on The Biggest Loser: Families, the contestants and trainers were shocked when orange team member Ed Brantley failed to drop any pounds at the weigh in. His wife, Heba, lost 8 and started to celebrate until she noticed the zero on his side of the scale. Heba immediately started crying, saying that she couldn't be happy because she knew what the meant for their team: one of them was going home. In a new twist this season, the team with the lowest percentage of weight must decide which of them will go home and which of them will stay. Ed made the decision to remove himself from the competition so that Heba could soldier on but saying goodbye proved to be difficult for the husband and wife. Today, Ed spoke to BuddyTV in an exclusive interview about his decision and his weight loss - or lack there of.
Ed told BuddyTV that trying out for The Biggest Loser was all his wife's idea. "We drove to an open casting call," he said. "I was a little skeptical at first!" It didn't take long for Ed to get on board, especially with Bob Harper as his trainer. This week, rival trainer Jillian Michaels flipped out on her team when no one was doing the workouts of the homework she assigned. Jillian brought several of her team members to tears, a move Ed didn't agree with. "I feel like Jillian didn't motivate them the proper way," he admitted. "I don't think her reaction was justified."
When host Alison Sweeney asked Ed why he didn't lose any weight, he had no answer for him. All this time later, he still isn't sure what went wrong. "The body can betray you sometimes," he said. "I probably lost fat, but gained a lot of muscle that canceled it out." Ultimately, he did decide that he would be the one to leave but it was very difficult for him to walk out that door without his wife. "It was the hardest thing I have ever done- leaving Heba behind," he told BuddyTV. However, he said that he was glad he wasn't voted out of the game. "I was glad we got to make the decision to eliminate ourselves."
Since leaving the show, Ed has lost 85 pounds. His ultimate goal is to weigh 180 pounds. Ed says that he learned many things from Bob and The Biggest Loser, mainly that "social calendar is less important. The temptation to eat nice dinners all the time is easier to resist," he said.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 09, 2008, 11:47:03 PM
A sneak peek for next week:
Things are continuing to take a twist on Season 6 of The Biggest Loser,
here's a little preview of Tuesday, October 14th's episode.
What is going on? Who is Amy talking about? And why is she wearin...
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 10, 2008, 02:19:46 PM
An interesting article an interview with Ed:
Biggest Loser: Families “I wish I had gone with my heart”
Did you learn anything new about your wife, Heba, from sharing this experience with her? Ed: We’ve always been really close. We had an instant connection when we met. We know each other really well, but I think our experience together has just solidified our belief in that. You just know that we were meant to be together. If I lived in Scandinavia and she lived here, I probably would have found her somehow.
What was the biggest misconception you had about the show before you were on it? Ed: I would see these guys crying and huffing and puffing, but what they show isn’t even a fraction of what really goes on as far as working out. I thought I was going to be able to waltz up in there and blow everybody out, which totally was not the case.
Why did you vote for the gray team? Ed: Everybody else had voted for them anyway, even the people on their own team. So instead of ostracizing ourselves from the rest of the group, we went with them to save face. Don’t get me wrong: I love LT and Tom to death. Our vote wouldn’t have mattered anyway. It wouldn’t have helped other than maybe making us look good. But in retrospect, I wish I had gone with my heart.
You didn’t lose anything at the last weigh-in. Do you think you could have done more? Ed: All I needed was that one pound — what a kick to the chest! It was upsetting, but at the same time, I knew how hard I worked that week. I just really gave it everything. The body does betray you sometimes. I may have lost a lot of fat weight that week, but I probably also gained a lot of muscle weight that cancelled out my weight loss. It’s kind of the same thing that happened to LT a couple of weeks ago. That next week that I got back, I dropped 10 pounds, so it was really just a fluke.
How hard was the decision to go and let your wife, Heba, stay? Ed: I hated to leave. I felt like we really needed to be there for each other. We were relying on each other for a lot of things, but I just knew in my heart that this was the best thing. This was the best format for her to lose the weight. I knew it would be easier for me to do it at home. Not that it was easy — there were times at home when I wished I was at the ranch. So I had to bring the ranch to home, in my mind.
Were you able to get any updates on her after you left? Ed: No. Every week that I didn’t see her, I was like “Yes! She’s still there!” Not to sound terrible, but I was really hoping that I didn’t get to see her for two more months.
What’s the biggest thing you learned from your time at the ranch? Ed: The ranch taught me about being out of a comfort zone. My biggest problem was that I was in a comfort zone. You go to work for 8, 10, 12 hours a day and it feels really comfortable to come home and eat and watch TV. But I would take the comfort zone to work as well because I would be tasting things and snacking. It’s a hardwired thing. You have to constantly taste the food to make sure things are right and I might have taken it to the extreme. I was basically eating meals while I was working without realizing it or accepting the fact that that was what I was doing. On the ranch, I got on a real schedule of eating.
How did your job as a chef change as a result of being on the show? Ed: Basically, if there’s something that someone has specially requested that is not a normal menu item, I will taste it but spit it into a napkin. My classics are all standardized, written-down recipes that I don’t have to taste. On some of my menus, there are a lot of healthier things, but the reality is that the people still want the mashed potatoes, the macaroni and cheese, the barbecued chicken. It’s difficult to be around it all the time, but it’s also really good therapy. Anything worth working for is worth keeping for the rest of your life, and I’m just going to have to deal with it. I just remember that it’s just food.
Do you ever splurge? Ed: I’ll try to save it up 10 or 13 days and then have a day, not where I’ll blow it out and do anything crazy like eat a dozen donuts, but I might have a hot dog at the fairgrounds — just something to tame the demons. If that means I have to run an extra mile to do that, I don’t have a problem with that. I’ll run two just to make it really right. As long as you’re putting the right things in your body the other days of the week and you feel like having something that you love, if you’re willing to pay the consequences for it and do the work, then by all means do it.
How much have you lost in total? Ed: When I got to the ranch, I weighed 335 pounds and today, I weigh 245 pounds.
What was your reunion with Heba like? Ed: When you see it, you’re just probably not even going to believe it. You’re going to be doing back flips, or up in a chair screaming. That’s all I can say about it. We continue to work hard every day and we know that so many people are counting on us and looking to us for support just like we have looked to them for support. We’re obligated to ourselves and to so many people to do the right thing, to lose the weight and be the healthy people that we want to be.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 11, 2008, 09:14:15 PM
An interesting article an interview with Ed:
Biggest Loser’s Ed: I Thought I Was Going ‘Blow Everybody Out’ at the Ranch
North Carolina couple Ed Brantley and his wife Heba won challenges left and right (winning $5,000 and an RV in the process!) as the formidable Orange Team on this season’s Biggest Loser. But at Wednesday night’s weigh-in, Heba’s excitement at dropping a whopping 8 lbs. was dampened by Ed’s goose egg – yep, the big guy dropped zero pounds. That pushed his team below the yellow line. After an hour of deliberations, the Orange Team made the tough decision to send Ed home. The 31-year-old southern chef, who has gone from 335 lbs. to 245 lbs. and sports a 34-inch waist, spoke about his weigh-loss goal, getting out of his comfort zone and why he and Heba are truly a team.
How hard was it to decide which one of you would leave the Ranch? It wasn’t an easy thing to do, but I knew I was doing the right thing and I think she knew it as well. It’s always a hard thing to be separated from someone you spend a predominant amount of time with. We were kind of on a stride and it was a little upsetting and depressing. But I use that [emotion] in my workouts at home.
How did you feel when you didn’t lose any weight at the last weigh-in? All I needed was that one pound. What a kick to the chest, you know? I knew how hard I worked that week, I knew I really gave it everything. And the body does betray you sometimes. I may have lost a lot of fat weight but probably also gained a lot of muscle weight; that probably just canceled out my weight loss this week.
Did you plan to lose weight before having children because of medical advice, or did you make that decision on your own? Heba and I just came to that conclusion on our own. We could see in our friends’ family how they were starting [families] and they were healthy people, doing things with their kids that, at that point, we would never be able to do. It’s really time to do something about this now before it gets too late.
Was there anything Dr. Huizenga said about your health that surprised you? I was really shocked that it was that bad. I’m 31 years old and I was basically diabetic. Metabolic disease, high blood pressure. I’m thinking these are kind of old man diseases, old man problems. I was shocked. I was mortified. I think Heba had been trying to tell me and I just kind of ignored it for so long.
What did you learned from your time at the Ranch? The Ranch taught me about being out of a comfort zone. I think my biggest problem was I was in a comfort zone. You work for 8-12 hours a day, and it’s really comfortable to come home and sit on the couch and eat and watch TV. I would also be eating while I was working, or snacking, and not realizing how much I was putting into my body. That part of it really showed through when I got on a real schedule of eating.
Did you learn anything new about Heba after going through this experience with her? Heba and I, we’ve always been really close. We had an instant connection when we met. We know each other really well, but I think our experience together has really just solidified that and just reaffirmed our position that, you know what, you guys are meant for each other. You see us together and you just know we’re meant to be together. If I lived in Scandinavia and she lived here, I probably still would have found her somehow.
What was the biggest misconception you had about the show before becoming a contestant? I would see these guys crying and huffing and puffing, but what they show in workouts and the things you do, isn’t even a fraction of what really goes on as far as working out and strenuous activity. I thought I was going to be able to waltz in there and blow everybody out, and that was not the case.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 12, 2008, 10:39:01 PM
NBC Red Carpet Interview: Bob Harper (The Biggest Loser)
BuddyTV's exclusive interview with Bob Harper of The Biggest Loser
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 13, 2008, 10:33:33 PM
An interview with Ed:
The Biggest Loser Roundup: Orange Team's Ed Says 'Bob Is A Saint'
Ed Brantley is the latest castoff from The Biggest Loser, despite losing a tremendous amount of weight at the ranch. He had a pretty good week-- he worked out, he ate right. This week, however, the scale wasn't on his side. Ed fell victim to the classic BL predicament of gaining as much muscle weight as fat lost, meaning a zero shows up on the scale. Ed had to leave his wife, Heba, behind to represent the Orange Team without him while he continued his journey at home. Not only did Ed keep losing at home, he also learned how to translate the lessons learned on the ranch into his everyday life. Fancast caught up with Ed and asked him about his job as a chef, his feelings on leaving his wife behind, and his favorite workouts.
How difficult was it to leave your wife behind?
It was a new experience. I think - it was difficult. It wasn’t an easy thing to do. But I knew that I was doing the right thing and I think she knew it as well.And it’s always a hard thing to be separated from someone that you spend, you know, a predominant amount of time with. And to have come so far together, to kind of get I guess, you know, kind of cut short. We were kind of on a stride and it was a little upsetting and depressing. But you know what? I use that in my workouts at home.
How did it feel to see a zero on the scale?
All I needed was that one pound. I mean, what a kick to the chest, you know. And it really was kind of upsetting. But no, at the same time, I knew how hard I worked that week. I knew that I just really gave it everything. The body does betray you sometimes. I may have lost a lot of fat weight that week, but I probably also gained a lot of muscle weight that probably just canceled out my weight loss for the week.
How hard was the decision to make between you and Heba?
Definitely I hated to leave. I felt like I really needed to be there for her - you know, for each other. We were really relying on each other for a lot of things. And it was difficult to leave. But I just knew like in my heart that this was the best thing. She really like needed to be there. This was the best format for her to lose the weight. And I knew that it would be easier for me to do it at home. Not that it was easy to do it at home. There were times when I was at home when I wished I was at the ranch.
What did you think of Bob Harper?
Bob Harper is a saint among men. He should have his own day declared. And he has just really been a true friend to Heba, the rest of the members of our team and I think the world is a much better place with him in it.
What was the toughest part of this whole experience?
The toughest part is really just the shock to the system. You get rebuilt and stronger mentally, physically, emotionally. You’re just able to handle a lot more stressful things now and it feels great.
You’re a chef, so what specifically have you done so that you don’t do that and you’re not eating a meal while you’re working?
I know I don’t have to taste it. They key is having standardized written down recipes that I know somebody else can make. You don’t swallow it. You just spit it out and, you know, wash your hands and go about your business.
And now that you’re getting close to your goal, babies soon?
We’ll see what happens. You know, we’re not in any rush. We promise when we do, you will be the first to know. Well probably Jill will be the first to know and we’ll go from there.
And what would you say very quick is your favorite like calorie burning, intensive workout that you did at home?
My calorie burning intensive workout is the stair climber at the gym. I just jack that thing up real high, like almost like a trot - not trying to run up the steps, but you kind of trot. It’s like level six or seven. And that is a serious calorie burning, kick your butt, sweating workout. And then second best after that is spin bike.
What’s your total weight loss so far?
When I got to the ranch I weighed 335 pounds and today I weigh 245 pounds.
And now that you’re home, what’s the biggest thing that your time at the ranch taught you?
The ranch taught me about being out of a comfort zone. I think my biggest problem was I was in a comfort zone. You go to work for 8, 10, 12 hours a day and it feels really comfortable to come home and sit on the couch, and eat and watch TV. But I would take the comfort zone to work as well because I would also be eating while I was working or, you know, tasting things and snacking, and not realizing how much I was putting into my body. And that part of it really showed through when I was at the ranch, you know. I got on a real schedule of eating and that’s what the biggest part of the ranch experience was for me, I think.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 15, 2008, 12:18:58 AM
The Biggest Loser: Families Episode Recap: Week 5
Say goodbye to your teams! This week the Biggest Loser had one tempting cupcake and brownie filled challenge that changed the course of the game for the season. With husbands and wives and mothers and daughters being split up, the pressure is on and the contestants are getting feisty. Who dropped the pounds and who survived another week on the ranch? Well, let's get to recapping.
Coming off of the emotional loss of her husband and teammate, Heba was more determined than ever to stay on the Biggest Loser ranch. This week's temptation challenge showed just how far she was willing to go. As the contestants walked into the baked goods filled room, they knew they were in trouble. I mean did you see those cupcakes? Mmm. The challenge was about control, with a monumental reward. The person to consume the most calories in ten minutes would be able to choose their new teams and their trainer. That's right, we're back to Blue vs. Black, Bob vs. Jillian. To make it even more tricky, the lights were turned off and no-one could see if another person was partaking. Only Allison in her "night-vision" goggles would know. When the time started the partners immediately started consulting. Heba threw out the idea that she would eat a donut to win and keep the teams the way they are. Sounds like a good idea but Red wasn't having it. While Heba figured she was taking one for the team, Phil felt she was being manipulating. Amy didn't like the idea either because she was currently on an all female team and knew that she needed one of the large guys to pull a big number. As everyone was debating over what to do, Phil started to eat away. It looked pretty amusing on screen since we could see him doing it right in front of everyone but in reality, no-one was the wiser. Finally Heba caught on and also started chowing. Even Amy started to dig in. In the end, Phil came in third, followed by Amy, with Heba winning after eating two 200 calorie filled donuts. Everyone was anxious about her course of action and she wasn't shy about making a point. For Bob she chose herself, Colleen, Vicky, Amy (red), Amy C, and Brady. For Jillian she chose Michelle, Renee, Phil and Shellay. She split up two teams in the process and either made a smart move by doing so, or screwed herself by creating enemies. Bob surely wasn't happy with Heba's choice and reminded his new team that when they make personal choices it backfires. Simply put, she should've kept both boys on her team. But at least it provided for some drama. "That bitch is not going to take me down," Amy (red) told Bob.
Meanwhile, Jillian is happy about gaining Phil on her team but is having to deal with a possible impending loss of someone else. Michelle is debating about leaving. Since her mom divorced her dad and took her two sisters with her she's been living with her father. After being estranged from Renee, they decided to do the Biggest Loser together. Now she's worried that she's betraying her father. She explains to Jillian that she's on the verge of running just to not feel afraid. Our wise Jillian advises Michelle to call her father. During the teary phone call he tells her that it's 100% okay to love both of them and assures her that she won't lose him. Similarly, her mom tells her that no matter what she decides, she'll love her with all her heart and she just wants what's best for her. Looks like she's got a great support system.
Rise and shine. Alison wakes the contestants up bright and early for this week's challenge. They're going to work together for fourteen hours, from sun up to sun down, climbing the mountain up and down. Each time they reached an "end" they had to take a picture and received a bonus point if the entire team was in it. The prize was a two pound pass, which of course was the biggest prize ever, as they all exclaim each week. Blue decides to split the team up to take advantage of Brady's athletic ability but Black sticks together. In the end Black won with 162 points. Although his plan didn't work for the team, Brady was the overall winner, logging 20 miles. Good for him!
After tough as per usual last chance workout, it's time for the first Blue vs. Black weigh-in. After almost leaving the ranch, Michelle decides she's not going anywhere but straight to the scale. She looses 7 pounds. Next up is her mom, Renee, who loses 5. Phil drops 8, Colleen loses 5 and Shellay loses 5. This brings their total loss to 30 pounds with a percentage of 2.66%. And add on their 2 pound pass and they've got 2.84%. First up for the Blue team is Amy C who drops and incredible 9 pounds. Vicky hits 6, Brady follows up with 6, Amy P continues the streak with 6 and Heba loses 8 to put them ahead. They're both shocked and thrilled that they've lost a total of 35 pounds for a percentage of 2.96%.
Ironically, the girl who almost voluntarily left the ranch has gotten immunity for the elimination. During the deliberation it at first seems like Phil may be going. He's the new guy on the team but the all know he's probably their greatest hope for winning weigh-ins. The elimination ceremony was emotional as always. After four votes it's a tie between Shellay and Renee, with Colleen as the deciding factor. She votes off Shellay and I'm a bit sad. I really liked her and the dynamic between her and her daughter Amy. In her exit interview Shellay vows to be the hottest mom on the Biggest Loser and boy was she serious. Today she looks awesome!! Way to go Shellay!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 15, 2008, 06:39:12 AM
Ali's Blog:
black vs blue
Tonight’s temptation was crazy wasn’t it? I really didn’t expect all the drama that unfolded from it. And the tension between Heba and Amy really amped up. I often wonder – watching this stuff later on tv, how the contestants feel about it now, looking back on it. If they would have done things differently if they had a do-over. And now, thanks to Heba’s swapping Phil and Amy, Jillian has a guy on her team. Bob and Jillian have both done such an amazing job reaching their contestants this season. I love this season because we have gone deeper into the emotions that have led to their obesity more than ever before. Bob helping Amy get through her new team situation, and then Jillian’s heart to heart with Michelle, exactly what this show is all about. And it’s amazing how many people at home have already been affected by all these emotional stories. Fans come up to me all the time telling me how they relate to one of our contestants, and how their stories inspire and motivate them. One of the crew members on the Bonnie Hunt show brought in a photo of her ‘old self’ cause she knew I was going to be on the show, to tell me that she had lost 87 pounds, and how the show encouraged her and kept her focused on her goals every week. How amazing is that? Can you believe how early that challenge started??? Holy early call time, Batman! We started that challenge at 6am, and they were at it ALL DAY. They weren’t exaggerating about the heat either. In that area of LA the thermometer can really climb up there!!! And they all did such an amazing job throughout that unbelievably tough challenge. This was the episode when I announced my pregnancy at the weigh in. Everyone was so excited – and it was such a special moment for me to share with everyone. As you can see black vs blue really changes up the dynamics between the players. So things are going to heat up even more now. And some incredible weight loss
What: DAY OF DAYS Meet & Greet, Q&A and many more exciting activities with your favorite "Days of our Lives" stars!
Where: CityWalk at Universal Studios Hollywood 1000 Universal City Plaza, Universal City, CA 91608
When: Saturday, November 1, 2008 - 10:00am
Admission to event is free!
Meet all your favorite Days of our Lives stars, including: Kristian Alfonso John Aniston Blake Berris Nadia Bjorlin Darin Brooks Molly Burnett Shawn Christian Bryan Dattilo Kevin Dobson Mary Beth Evans Galen Gering Deidre Hall Shelley Hennig Leann Hunley Drake Hogestyn Jay Kenneth Johnson Renee Jones Lauren Koslow Eric Martsolf Joe Mascolo Peggy McCay Rachel Melvin Stephen Nichols Thaao Penghlis Terrell Ransom, Jr. Peter Reckell Jim Reynolds Suzanne Rogers James Scott Alison Sweeney Arianne Zucker
The event schedule includes: 10-10:30 a.m. - "Day of Days" Introduction 10:30 a.m. – 1 p.m. - "Meet & Greet" with the cast of "Days of our Lives" 1–2 p.m. - Lunch Break 2–3 p.m. - Q&A Panel with the Stars 3–3:45 p.m. - "Days of our Lives" Trivia Challenge 3:45 – 4:00 p.m. - Event finale including the selection of a grand-prize raffle winner and a sneak peek of future "Days of our Lives" story lines
Throughout the event fans will also have the chance to win raffle prizes, be selected as a "Days" star look-alike and win exciting "Days of our Lives" merchandise.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 15, 2008, 11:08:22 AM
Alison Sweeney on The Bonnie Hunt Show
Alison confirms to Bonnie that she is indeed pregnant.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 15, 2008, 11:19:14 PM
An interesting article an interview with Shellay:
Exclusive Interview: Shellay Cremen of 'The Biggest Loser'
Last night’s episode of The Biggest Loser provided one of the most shocking twists in the show’s history. A temptation challenge was presented to the contestants, in which the lights were turned off in a room full of sweets. Whoever ate consumed the most calories in 10 minutes would win the power to split the families up into two teams, blue and black with Bob and Jillian. Heba ate the most and kept most of the contestants with their initial trainers, with two exceptions. She split up husband and wife team Amy and Phil as well as mother/daughter duo Amy and Shellay. When the black team fell below the yellow line, Shellay was voted out and today, she spoke to BuddyTV in an exclusive interview.
Shellay told BuddyTV that trying out for The Biggest Loser was actually all her idea “Actually, Amy was not at the casting call with me, she was at school,” Shellay said. “They saw Amy in a family picture I had brought, and said, ‘We want you, but we want your daughter with you’.”
When the temptation challenge arose, Shellay was determined to keep her daughter with her. "I wanted to eat the peanut butter cups, but wasn't sure I could spare the calories," she admitted. "I didn't want to have Heba controlling my destiny. But I just wasn't gutsy enough to do it." While it was obvious that Heba took Phil off of her team because of personal differences, it was less clear why she chose to bring Amy onto the blue team but Shellay sheds a little light on the subject. "I think Heba wanted Amy because of her good weight loss, and she could manipulate her," she said.
The mother and daughter did say a quick goodbye at the end of the weigh in, which means that Shellay must have caught wind that she would have been the one to go should her team lose. The experience of being on the show has only strengthened the relationship between the two. "We have always been close, but The Biggest Loser has given us a special bond that only the two of us will ever understand."
Since leaving the show, Shellay has gone from a size 18 dress to a size 10. Her goal for the finale is to get all the way down to a 6. "My life is focused on health and fitness," Shellay told BuddyTV. "I wear my work out clothes all the time. For the first time in my life, I am on the same page as my husband in regards to exercise. I live and breathe a healthy lifestyle and am loving it!!"
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 15, 2008, 11:30:44 PM
Last Years Winner Ali Vincent's Blogs On The Biggest Loser:
Find the Fire: When the Going Gets Tough, the Digging Gets Deeper!
The fourth week on the ranch is so crucial. It’s do or die. It’s the time you know you can physically make it through this process but have to ask yourself, do you have it deep within to tell the truth? To be on the ranch and under such physical and emotional strain, it shows through. It is when you have to know you are there for the right reasons and willing to get to the end--the “end” being your goal--your perfect you.
That’s why I think it is so important that Jillian took the time to have a one-on-one with Coleen so that she could be clear why she is on ranch. It’s funny, ‘cause with your parent on the ranch, it can distract you (and I do believe Jerry being on ranch was good and bad for Colleen), and they also get to be your excuse on some level.
Coleen will miss the comforts of having her dad be there for her and her for him, but she has an amazing opportunity to really come into her own. She has it in her to be and create whatever it is in her life she wants. The ranch will be the springboard to finding out what she really wants.
Stepping Up I think you will start to see who will be there in the end; it’s those who step up even when it’s uncomfortable. It took a lot for Vicky to pull Bob aside and admit that she feels as if Brady sometimes holds her back. It’s hard to admit that and then address it because you don’t want to invalidate your relationship. I know that probably 9 out of the 10 times Vicky thinks Brady is holding her back when he is probably feeling like he’s helping her or protecting her or whatever the case might be. That’s why these tough conversations are crucial when going through a process like this together on the ranch and at home.
Challenges always leave opportunities and awards. I wonder, especially considering it being week 4 and the fact that the contestants have expressed their concerns about the weigh-in, whether or not they really were interested in redeeming their first week challenge prizes. I know our season was so competitive that we would think redeeming the award sometimes was a disadvantage in regards to competing in the weigh-in that week. But usually no matter what, we were always thankful--like Amy and Phillip.
To be able to see their kids after 4 weeks without any communication except for the call that was given to them after the challenge that Heba and Ed won. I suppose it was bittersweet to then have to leave home after 24 hours. I think in the long run it will be exactly what they need to keep going, especially after actually feeling comfortable taking the family hiking. That truly is what all this is about, to be able to live life with our family and friends.
Challenge: Mind Over Matter The challenge this week looked kind of scary when they first walked up to it. You could see everyone thought so just based on the facial expressions. I personally thought it looked like fun. Definitely better then the balancing beam we did during our fourth week. I will admit though that the balancing beam seemed like it was easier then this particular challenge. I know that I would be sore if I had to hold on like Amy and Vicky for 2 hours. It is mind over matter; there is a place you can go if you really want something that takes everything you have physically, that allows you to withstand the pain. And I could tell that they both went there. Then it’s just a matter of who wants it more.
I’m sure Amy realized on some level that Vicky was not going give up because she was determined to hear from her kids. Well done ladies :) I think it was right for Vicky to choose the purple team to share the packages with, although I must admit I wasn’t certain that’s who she was going to choose.
Jillian Exercises Her Lungs I know first hand the depths to which Jillian will go to get her players to realize this is the opportunity of a lifetime, and they’d better give it everything or go home. As a contestant, you realize this woman is not going to cut your hands off, but you also know that if you don’t do what she says, she will make you pay. And if that doesn’t work she will make everyone around you pay.
I know that you guys sitting at home probably haven’t ever thought that Jill was being overly nice or kind to the contestants, but I have to admit watching the season so far I was like “why hasn’t she….. (fill in the blank)” on a number of occasions. I think she has had it with her team, and it isn’t working for her to let certain attitudes slide--not because she particularly likes being mean or yelling at the contestants (ok maybe she likes it a little :)) but because she is willing to take herself and her need to be liked out of the equation to help her team get the results they say they want.
But you can only take people so far. They have to want it for themselves. It’s not easy breaking down the walls that have protected so much in life—those walls have protected the contestants but have also prevented them from truly having all they desire. I’m glad Jillian went off on them. If she did, it’s because it needed to be done. She only gets like that because she cares. (But I will say it’s scary when she yells like that, even if it’s not directed at you!)
Twists and turns. Can’t wait till we see who will fall below the line and how they will determine who stays, I’m so glad mom and I never had to experience that.
First, Shellay Cremen was separated from her daughter Amy when competitor Heba gained control of creating the new Black and Blue teams on Tuesday’s show. Then, the mom from Michigan was sent home in an emotional elimination that saw her good friend Coleen cast a vote against her. Crying as she talked about the elimination, Shellay — who’s down from a size 18 to a size 8 and now weighs “in the low 150s” — assured viewers she’s happier than ever. Cremen shared the secrets of her success, explained her love/hate relationship with Jillian and dished on Heba’s “control issues.” – Sara Hammel
You looked sad, but not surprised, to be eliminated last night. I had that funny feeling for a few days prior to the elimination. Even the week before, we were supposed to pack everything and I had packed. My daughter kept saying, “Don’t pack mom.” And I said, “No Amy, it’s okay. I just really have this funny feeling.”
What did you talk about with Jillian last week, when you and Amy got your special day alone with her? She told me she felt like I didn’t give myself enough credit for things, that I was always [putting] down my abilities, never acknowledging the fact of who I was and who I could be, and that I really was this great person and my potential was endless. I had to allow myself to accept those things. In my personal life I do have a problem with that. It’s very hard for me to take compliments. I feel like I don’t deserve it. She was trying to get through all of that and help me accept the fact there are things I can do, and not always say “I can’t do it.”
You’ve said that you wanted to go out and find a job but never had the confidence. How about now? I think I can do it. I feel so much more confident and better in every aspect of my life. I’ve done a lot of things as far as volunteering, I’ve run auctions and things. I’ve always wanted to do something like that or party planning.
Heba ruffled feathers when she took over the temptation and gained control of the Blue and Black teams. Was she really a control freak as Phil seemed to think? Heba did have control issues. [What] I regret was not eat the Reese’s cup because I should have just gone for it. What better control than to make the teams? We all fell once again into Heba’s thinking and let her have the control. [Heba and her husband Ed, who was eliminated last week, have] been winning challenges and all these questions would come up trying to lead us to do certain things and we fell into their hands a few times.
What was behind the decision to eliminate you? Phil was heavier and losing more weight than I was. I was more interested in breaking up Renee and Michelle’s alliance because Michelle was such a basket case, wanting to go home. [I thought] If Renee goes home, Michelle’s totally going to fall apart. Phil had said the same thing so we decided to vote together. I said, “Coleen please, if you vote for Renee I promise I’ll never vote you out unless you’re up against Amy.” But she’s gotta do what she’s gotta do.
What kind of relationship did you have with Coleen? [Shellay pauses and starts crying]. I’ve seen that elimination a couple of times and I cry every time. Coleen and I got very close, and actually Amy said to me, “Why don’t you just go move in with Coleen?” She has a great personality and what you don’t see a lot on the show is I am very immature … I have Peter Pan syndrome. And Coleen just had such a great, funny side to her too. I watched out for her. I knew it was going to be hard if she did send me home and she was — we all were — really upset because I love everybody on my team. But Coleen is really the one who had a special place.
How has life changed at home since leaving the ranch? It’s totally different. My mother says I’m no fun anymore because I’m not doing the same things she’s doing. I wake up every day and get right into workout clothes. I probably haven’t had normal clothes on more than ten times. I think healthy and I think working out. I get on my clothes and there I go. My husband comes home and we work out together. He’s totally shocked. We eat and we exercise. This is my new lifestyle.
There are only two guys left. Do you think another woman will win this year? Yes, I do. That’s exactly what I was thinking.
What did you think of being kept on Jillian’s team, with her harsh form of personal training? I actually wanted to have Jillian. She scared me to death the first week. She was yelling and I thought, “Oh my God, I don’t know if I can do this.” She would yell and scream and say, “Do you know how many people would give their right arm to be here?” And I was thinking, “I wish I could go home!” [But] I’m so thankful to her because it got through to me. My family, we’re not yelling people. My husband and I never fight. She just got through and I thought, “Maybe that’s what I’ve been lacking, someone to get it through my head.” I’m very thankful to her.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 16, 2008, 01:21:40 PM
An interesting article and interview with Jillian:
'Biggest Loser' trainer Jillian Michaels brings fitness challege to Nintendo Wii
JILLIAN MICHAELS
Age: 34
Job title: Trainer and life coach
Years on the job: 17 years as a trainer and 5 years on "The Biggest Loser"
Hours per week: 60 to 70 hours during filming.
Straight-talking trainer Jillian Michaels is currently filming the seventh season of "The Biggest Loser," but she's now taking her no-nonsense expertise to a whole new level with the first celebrity fitness game, The Jillian Michaels Fitness Ultimatum 2009 ($39.99 from October 21), designed for the Nintendo Wii.
Get Jillian's tips on eating healthfully and surviving the holidays with our exclusive video report, right.
How is the game different from a regular exercise DVD?
It's completely different. A regular fitness DVD is one exercise routine. They're effective, but I'm not going to ask a 12-year-old to do it. Plus, some of us get sick of the typical workouts. This is an actual game where you're navigating an obstacle course, in the same way you would do boxing or tennis on the Wii. You'll be doing tire runs or rowing down a river or skipping stones, like a boot camp, and you can compete with your family's time.
Sounds like you need a pretty big TV room?
Actually, you don't. Because it works with the Wii and the Wii fit, if you're jumping rope, it's like high knee lifts or jogging in place, which can all be done within a 2-foot space.
Does it burn as many calories as hitting the gym?
It can. If you're playing it to the best of your ability, you should burn between 300 to 500 calories an hour.
Was the technology involved in making the game pretty complicated?
It's been at least six to nine months with everything from designing the exercises to wearing the little motion ball sensors and going through the movements, shooting videos and dialogue, doing the descriptions, the graphics, everything. This is like basic training, then the next one could be like the Green Berets or the Navy Seals' hell week. We're already planning for Ultimatum 2010.
But before you were a video game star, you were first a TV star. How did you get involved with "The Biggest Loser"?
It was a fluke. A client at my gym was a Hollywood agent and he mentioned the idea for "The Biggest Loser." I was like, "Nah, I'm not interested. I hate reality shows and the name's awful." I think the fact that I was so difficult made them think, "This is the girl." They said, "We're going to give you six people and you're going to run their life." I said, "Oh, that's cool," because I'm a control freak.
You're pretty tough on your TV trainees. Have you always been fit?
Not at all. I was an overweight teenager. I got into martial arts when I was about 14 and it was my martial arts instructor that turned my life around.
On the show, has anyone's bad habits truly shocked you?
We have now in season seven some contestants who are so unhealthy. They're on 12 different medications. They've got diabetes, high cholesterol, high blood pressure and they're in their 60s. It never ceases to amaze me that within weeks, they're off all their medications, they've lost 30 pounds and they feel 10 times better.
With more people cutting back on spending, gym memberships may be the first thing to go. How does someone stay in shape without going to the gym?
You only need minimal investments, whether it's a game, a fitness DVD or an online trainer. The Internet is a great resource for information. If you Google "exercises using your own bodyweight," 20 different things will come up for free. Also, learn how to count calories, then you'll understand the math behind weight loss. Simple math is all it is, calories in, calories out.
What are your best methods for staying motivated?
Write down all the reasons why you want to get in shape. If you're trying to decide between oatmeal or a doughnut, go back and look at that list.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 16, 2008, 03:23:30 PM
An interesting article:
Shellay Cremen talk about her elimination from 'The Biggest Loser'
Shellay Cremen, a 51-year-old stay-at-home mom from Royal Oak, MI who was eliminated from The Biggest Loser: Families on this week's broadcast, wasn't upset about the twist that left her on a different team than her daughter Amy Cremen, a 26-year-old purchasing department representative from Auburn Hills, MI.
In fact, she was pleased with it.
"I was happy because I actually got to stay with my same team members, we just gained [Phillip Parham] and lost Amy," Cremen, MI told Reality TV World during a media conference call on Wednesday.
Cremen said that Amy's success throughout the competition -- which undoubtedly made her appealing to the other team -- as well as their sharing of a room and the addition of a male contestant to her previously all-female group had eased the transition.
"I was sad for the fact that she was not going to be around there, just with her good weight loss numbers," she told Reality TV World. [But] we still shared a room together and we were still there together, so it wasn't as bad as if she had to leave."
"[Amy] has amazed me because she is so much stronger and more athletic than I ever could have imagined," she added to reporters later. I really think that she, in my opinion, has a very good chance at winning."
Another contestant that Cremen became extremely close with during her time at The Biggest Loser ranch was Black team teammate Coleen Skeabeck, a 23-year-old receptionist from Cleveland, OH who regretfully cast the deciding vote that eliminated Cremen from the competition. Cremen was reduced to tears when reliving her elimination and said that she still gets emotional when thinking of Skeabeck and how hard the elimination was on her.
"Coleen and I became very close. Actually, Amy said to me one day 'Why don't you just go move in with Coleen," Cremen said wryly in between sobs to reporters. "Just being there with her dad, there wasn't a lot of talk about her mother and we just hit it off. She has a great personality."
Cremen also said that she was not surprised by her elimination and "had a feeling" in the days before the weigh-in that she may be booted. She added that her plan going into the weigh-in had been to partner with Parham and eliminate Renee Wilson, a 46-year-old event manager from Ft. Worth, TX. Cremen thought that the additional pressure placed on Wilson's daughter Michelle Aguilar, a 26-year-old assistant director from Ft. Worth, TX, following the elimination would drive her from the competition as well.
However, Cremen added that she had understood the rationale behind her departure as well.
"I weighed the least of anybody from the first day. In getting Philip onto our team, Phillip was heavier and he would lose more weight than I would," she told reporters.
One of Cremen's biggest regrets during her time on the show was a continued indifference towards Heba Salama, a 30-year-old pharmaceutical sales representative from Raleigh, NC, as she took control of several of the show's events and challenges and manipulated them to her advantage.
"I would say Heba did have control issues," Cremen told reporters. "My regret over everything I did was to not eat the [peanut butter cups in the second Temptation Challenge]. I should have just gone for it because what better control to have than to make the teams. [But] we all just kind of fell, once again, into Heba's thinking and let her have the control."
Cremen did have complimentary things to say about her trainer Jillian Michaels, whom she thought was tough and confrontational but also effective.
"She just told me that she felt kinda like I just didn't give myself enough credit for things," Cremen told Reality TV World of Michaels' discussion with her during their 24 hours together. "[She told me] that I was just always pushing down my abilities and just never really acknowledging the fact of who I was, who I could be, and that I really was this great person and my potential was endless."
"She was just trying to help me get through all of that and help me to accept the fact that there are things that I can do and not to always say 'No I can't do it," [and instead say] 'You can do it. Try it and see,'" she added to Reality TV World.
Cremen -- who is now wearing a size 8 and weighs "150-something" -- seems to have taken Michaels' words to heart and built up the confidence to look for a full-time job for the first time in her life.
"I just feel so confident, just better in every aspect of my life. I've done a lot of things, but never a paying job. As far as volunteering I've run auctions and different things like that, and I probably would want to do something in that area," she told reporters. "Either party planning or anything like that. I have a lot of potential but, I guess, I never had the confidence. [Now] I'm feeling much more confidence that I would be able to do it."
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 16, 2008, 03:55:17 PM
The Biggest Loser Episode 6
Tuesday, October 21, 2008 8:00 PM-10:00 PM EST
CONTESTANTS TRY UNUSUAL WORKOUTS - AND GET SIX-WEEK PROGRESS REPORTS
This week, trainers Bob and Jillian take their teams through very unusual workouts unlike anything they've done before.
Later, Dr. Huizenga gives the contestants a very encouraging six-week progress report of how far they've come and how much healthier they are since coming to the ranch.
Then the teams square off in a difficult balance beam challenge, with the winning team getting something very special from home.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 16, 2008, 03:59:35 PM
Biggest Loser 6 - Episode 5
Here's a clip from Shellay & Amy's interview this week that didn't air
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 17, 2008, 07:00:39 PM
Another interview with Shellay:
The Biggest Loser Roundup: Shellay Had A "Funny Feeling," Down To Size 8
When Shellay first arrived on The Biggest Loser, she weighed 216 pounds. She and her daughter Amy comprised the Purple Team, and despite dropping consistent numbers week after week, she was voted off on this week's episode. As a stay-at-home mom, Shellay was worried that she wouldn't be able to continue the weight loss once she left the BL ranch, but when the show caught up with her a few months afterward, she thrilled us all when she appeared in a little black dress. And she looked totally smokin'! Fancast got the chance to chat with Shellay about her shrinking waistline, her relationship with Yellow Team's Coleen, and her plans to be the Biggest At Home Loser.
Were you surprised when you were voted off? I had that funny feeling for a few days prior to the elimination. And actually even the week before we were supposed to pack everything, I had packed. And my daughter kept saying don’t pack mom, don’t pack. And I said no, Amy, it’s okay. I knew Coleen was going to be the deciding factor. But I had assured her before to just do what you have to do for yourself. Don’t do something because I’m telling you what I’m doing. It’s what you have to do for yourself.
Were you happy with being placed on the Black Team? I was happy because actually I got to stay with my same team members. We just gained Phillip and lost Amy. Phillip was a different person and we had been girls for awhile. But having the boy come in was kind of fun. Phillip had a good personality. I think we did well together. I was sad for the fact that Amy was not going to be around with her good weight loss numbers. We still shared a room together and we were still there together.
Can you tell us a little bit more about the relationship that you have with Coleen? I’ve seen that elimination a couple times and every time I see that I cry. Coleen and I became very close. Actually Amy said to me one day “why don’t you just go move in with Coleen?” But Coleen… I think just being there with her dad and there was not a lot of talk about her mother. And we just hit it off, you know. Coleen had such a great, funny side to her and we just clicked. I watched out for her. I loved her dad and we were really, really close. And I knew it was going to be very hard if she did send me home. We were all really upset because I loved everybody on my team. But Coleen really is the one that had this special place.
Phillip said on camera that he sort of referred to Heba as a bit of a control freak. Did you feel the same way? I would say Heba did have control issues. My regret of anything I did was to not eat the Reese Cups because I should’ve just gone for it… because what better control than to make the team? And we all just kind of fell into Heba’s thinking and let her have the control. And, you know, they’d been winning challenges and stuff. And all these questions or their remarks would come up trying to lead us to do certain things and we kind of fell into their hands a few times.
You’ve been a house wife, but you recently said you wanted to start working. What is your dream job? I would be a party planner. I have so many parties of my own here and I have a lot of good ideas. And I do a lot of theme things with my friends. And I’ve just never thought I could do it. I thought it’s not going to get me anywhere, but I’d love to do that.
How much weight have you lost so far? I’m at a size 8 now. I haven’t been on a scale in a few days, but I’m in the 150s.
And you’re going for the Biggest At Home Loser? Yes I am.
We saw in the first episode you and Amy really enjoyed shopping together, really enjoyed that girl bonding time. Has clothes shopping become a lot more fun for you? Oh my gosh, yes. And it’s funny because, well, I haven’t really gotten a lot of clothes because I am in the workout clothes all the time and losing weight. You don’t want to buy too much because you keep going down in size. But when I go to the store I automatically start up like in the 16 or an 18. And then it’s like hello! You’re not that size anymore! So when I got into an 8, I said to my husband “do I really look like I would be in an 8?” And he’s like “well, I don’t know what an 8 looks like but he says you’re pretty skinny.” It’s just amazing. I’m in shock about the sizes because I don’t even know the last time I was ever in an 8.
How do you think Amy will do now that you’re gone? I think she’ll be okay. I said you can only have a five minute freak-out and then you have to pick yourself up, and you know what you have to do. And so I think she’s going to do good. She has amazed me because she is so much stronger and athletic than I ever could’ve imagined. She can run on the treadmill which is something obviously I can’t hardly do. But she’s amazed me. So I really think that she, in my opinion, has a very good chance of winning.
What did you think of Jillian’s style of training? Well I actually wanted to have Jillian. She scared me to death about the first week. And I thought oh my gosh I don’t know if I can do this. And she would yell and scream and then she’d say “do you know how many people would give their right arm to be here?” And I would be thinking oh I wish I could get a hold of one of those people because I’m about ready to leave. But you know what, it worked. I’m so thankful to her because it got through to me.
So do you think a girl will take the title this year? Yes I do. That’s exactly what I was thinking. Maybe in the beginning I didn’t think that. But as, you know, time went on I thought you know what, it’s going to be another girl this year. So I think it’s going to be. If Amy doesn’t win, I want Coleen to win.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 18, 2008, 01:23:21 PM
An interview with Shellay:
Biggest Loser: Families Shellay Cremen Eliminated
What did you talk about with Jillian, when you had her to yourself for 24 hours? Shellay: She just told me that she felt like I didn’t give myself enough credit, that I’m always pushing down my abilities and never really acknowledging the fact of who I was and who I could be. And that my potential was endless. I just had to allow myself to accept that. It’s very hard for me to take a compliment. She was trying to help me get through all of that.
What was it like working with her as a trainer? Shellay: I actually wanted to have Jillian. She scared me to death the first week. She would yell and scream and say, “Do you know how many people would give their right arm to be here?” I would be thinking, “I wish I could get a hold of one of those people because I’m about ready to leave.” But it worked, so I’m so thankful to her. Because my family, we’re not yelling people. I thought, “Maybe that’s what I’ve been lacking, someone to really get it through my head.”
Were you surprised to be eliminated? Shellay: I had a funny feeling for a few days prior to the elimination. Actually, even the week before, I packed. My daughter kept saying, “Don’t pack!” I said, “It’s okay.” I knew Coleen was going to be the deciding factor and I had assured her before to “do what you have to do for yourself.”
You seemed really close to Coleen at the elimination. Shellay: I’ve seen that elimination a couple of times and every time I see it I cry. Coleen and I became very close and actually [my daughter] Amy said to me one day, “Why don’t you just go move in with Coleen?” I said, “You’re getting jealous.” But Coleen, I think just being there with her dad, there was not a lot of talk about her mother. And we just hit it off. She has a great personality and what you don’t see a lot on the show is the one thing I said about me — I am very immature. I had a hard time even in my interviews because it’s a serious weight-loss show. So I think I came off a lot of times looking stupid because my mind thinks a different way. I have that Peter Pan syndrome, you know. And Coleen had such a great, funny side to her, too. I watched out for her.
How do you think Amy will do now that you’re gone? Shellay: I think she’ll be okay. I said, “You can only have a five-minute freakout and then you have to pick yourself up, and you know what you have to do.” So I think she’s going to do good. She has amazed me because she is so much stronger and athletic than I ever could’ve imagined. So I really think that she has a very good chance of winning.
Who are you hoping to win besides Amy, obviously? If Amy doesn’t win, I want Coleen to win.
How has life changed since you’ve been back? Shellay: It’s totally different. My mother says I’m no fun, because I’m not doing the same things that she’s doing. I wake up every day and I get right into workout clothes. Since I’ve been home, I probably haven’t had normal clothes on more than 10 times. And my husband comes home and we work out together. He’s just totally shocked at me because it’s something I’ve never ever had an interest in doing, and now that’s all we do. We eat and we exercise. It totally is my new lifestyle.
Has clothes shopping become a lot more fun for you? Shellay: Oh my gosh, yes! And it’s funny because when I go to the store, I automatically start up like in the 16s or an 18. And then it’s like, “Hello, you’re not that size anymore.”
What is your weight now? Shellay: I’m a size 8 now, and I haven’t been on a scale in a few days, but I’m in the low 150s. It’s unbelievable.
How has the experience changed your relationships with your daughter and husband? Shellay: If you asked my husband that question, he could probably give you about a hundred answers on how different everything is. I just have such a better attitude when I get up. Before, I would wake up sometimes early in the morning and I would have such heavy feelings about myself. I would just beat myself up, constantly badgering myself with negative thoughts. Then I would just be in a bad mood, because I was so disappointed in myself for not being able to follow through on something that I had started. Even after I got home, I would wake up and start with those thoughts again. And then it would be like, “Wait a minute, you know, I have lost weight! I’m not that heavy person anymore.” I’m just feeling so much better about myself that every day is a good day.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 18, 2008, 01:39:40 PM
Jillian Michael's recap:
Biggest Loser Recap: Shaking Things Up
I promised you a twist last week, and the show delivered — there are no more teams of two. From now on, it's my Black Team versus Bob's Blue...and although the scenario is familiar, the family alliances make for a whole different dynamic this time around. Here's what happened in Week 5 on the Ranch.
Taking Control: You know me — I hate the temptations. They're almost never worth the havoc that they wreak on the players' diet and morale. I say "almost" because even I have to admit this one had a pretty sweet prize: the power to pick the new Blue and Black Teams. Winning it wasn't pretty, though. The players met Alison in a room that had tables piled high with junk foods...cupcakes, brownies, doughnuts, peanut butter cups — you name it. Ali told the players they had 10 minutes to eat whatever they wanted, and the person who ate the most calories would decide the teams. But, of COURSE, there was a catch — they had to do it in complete darkness. Right after the lights went out, Heba piped up and asked her fellow trainees if they wanted to stay on Bob's team. If they did, she would step up and eat so that no one else would have to do major caloric damage. Though that was arguably a pretty noble move, it didn't sit well with Phil and Amy P., who thought Heba was just trying to take charge. And Amy C. objected because she wanted the teams to switch up — her current team of five girls was at a disadvantage. While Heba and Amy C. debated, Phil took matters into his own hands and went for a peanut butter cup. He might have chosen a quieter food, though...Heba heard him unwrapping it and got more than a little upset with him. In the end, Heba, Phil, and Amy C. were the only ones to eat, and Heba's 400 calories won her the prize.
New Families: After some deliberation, Heba kept the same team lineup as before, with one notable exception: She kicked her new enemy Phil off her Blue Team and replaced him with Amy C. I was pretty psyched when saw that I'd gained one of the big guys in Phil and still had Coleen, Michelle, Renee, and Shellay. I didn't know it was my birthday — thanks, Heba! Bob, understandably, was not as happy about Heba's selections. Neither were Phil and Amy P., who suddenly found themselves on opposing teams. Shellay and Amy C. were in the same predicament, but at least Amy C. got her wish in evening out the competition.
The Longest Challenge Ever: Just when you think the challenges can't get more intense, they do — this time, Alison had the players pushing themselves for 14 hours. (You read that right.) At 6 a.m., she started banging on doors to get everyone up and out of bed. By 6:30, they were all climbing that big hill on Campus — over, and over, and over. The two teams were pitted against each other, and the objective was to climb the hill as many times as possible over the course of the day. There were cameras at the top and at the bottom; every time a team reached a camera, they took a photo. One point was awarded for each person in the photo, and a bonus point was added if all five team members were in the shot. My Black Team's strategy was to stick together so they could rack up those bonus points. The Blue Team couldn't go that route because Vicky's knee problems were holding her back. They decided to split up, sending Brady ahead to run back and forth to get as many points as he could. Although he ended up running around 20 miles that day (truly amazing, especially when you consider the day's high temperature was 111 degrees!), it wasn't enough to beat my rock stars, who won the challenge and the awesome prize of a two-pound pass at the weigh in.
Never Enough: We were psyched about that two-pound pass, but as we soon learned, on The Biggest Loser, no advantage truly seals the deal. My players threw up some strong numbers — nobody lost less than five pounds, and Michelle and Phil pulled seven and eight, respectively. But even with our two-pound pass, the Blue Team blew us out of the water — none of them lost less than six pounds, and Amy C. and Heba pulled a surprisingly good nine and eight, respectively. Since we were below the yellow line, we had to send one of ours home...and it was a tough decision for my players. All the ladies had grown very close over the last five weeks, and it was with a lot of tears that they voted to send Shellay home. Her teammates thought she would do great at home, and they were right — she's down from a size 18 to a size 10! Pretty amazing.
Next Week: Find out what happens when husband and wife Phil and Amy P. are pitted against each other...if you're thinking it can't be good, you're right. Tune in to NBC next Tuesday at 8 p.m. Eastern time to see how it plays out.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 21, 2008, 04:32:47 PM
A sneak peek: Yuk!! :barf
Biggest Loser 6 - Episode 6 - Let there be puke, Phil
Phil is pushed to the extremes by Jillian, watch what happens...
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 21, 2008, 11:01:14 PM
Thanks to tvguide for the recap I missed the show:
The Biggest Loser: Families Episode Recap: "Week 6"
Upset about the loss of her mom, Amy C is feeling like a piece of her has left as well. Shellay was the one who pushed them to do Biggest Loser in the first place but now it's up to Amy to fight for the both of them. Over on the other team Jillian wants them to get more competitive. She asks Phil if he'd be okay sending his wife home because had black won last week, she would have gone. "Are you willing to be the pound that sends her home?" she asks him. Phil assures his trainer that if he wants to be the biggest loser than he needs to completely focus on himself and he plans on doing so even though it won't be easy.
Jillian treats her team to a ropes course. Phil is deathly afraid of climbing to the top but when Jillian tells him that "to try is to quit with honor" he decides to take a leap of faith. He reaches up for the rings and although he misses, he's still proud for pushing on through. Colleen also decides to face her worst nightmare and climb to the top. She's hysterical but makes it. And I certainly don't envy her as I hate ropes courses. A nice moment was when Jillian had Michelle and Renee walk across a beam. She felt it was symbolically time for Michelle to meet her mom halfway and when they did, Renee felt strong as they were holding hands together.
Bob conversely takes his team to Absolution where it's all about balance. There his Blue team learns just how much strength they've gained in their time at the ranch. Next up is Assailant Defense class where a man right out of Star Wars was there to teach them what to do in an uncomfortable and challenging situation. The Amys were a bit timid but Heba kicked butt.
This week the contestants were taken back to Dr. H to check on their progression. Everyone seemed to make major improvements. Michelle previously had a cardiac age of 40 but went down to 34 (and in real life is 26). Her mom went from a whopping 66 to 44. Brady dropped his cardiac age from 72 to 43 and his wife Vicky has lost 38 pounds of hydrated fat and gained 2 pounds of muscle. Amy C. went from 47 to 34. Phil's body fat is now 47% and he's lost more fat than weight. His wife Amy has lost 20% of her abdominal volume. Colleen was 55 and is now 30 which is much closer to her real age of 24. Last up was Heba who started with 52% body fat but has now lost 38 pounds of fat. A great job to all!
The challenge this episode was about balance and focus. Each team had to cross a circular beam suspended over water 25 times. Blue lost 3 players right away. Brady and Phil surprisingly did well which I thought was interesting as women tend to have a better sense of balance. But soon Brady fell and his team was completely out. In order to try again they had to wait for all of Black to fall off, which never happened. Kudos to Renee for being the solo finisher, leading her team to victory, and winning them video chats from home.
The last chance workout seemed pretty intense. "If you're not puking, you're just not working hard enough." Favorite Jillian line of the night. I was also impressed by Brady's 670 pound leg press, though I could've done without the groans, and Amy P's 400+ pounds leg press as well. Then a little drama occurred. Brady told his team that Phil said his wife has to stay and Heba has to go. He also apparently accused her of giving Bob lots of hugs. If I were there I would too by the way! The team thinks Amy P must have sent her husband to do her dirty work so things weren't looking up for her.
At the weigh-in, here's how the numbers fell. Renee lost 7 Michelle lost 7 Colleen lost 8 Phil lost 7 Black overall lost 29 pounds for a 3.2% lost.
Amy C lost 6 Heba lost 5 Vicky lost 8 Amy P. lost 2 Brady lost 3 Bob actually wondered if Brady had something up his sleeve with that low number. The blue team overall lost only 24 pounds and 2.09%. They pretty much got smoked.
Amy P. pleads her case to the team. She thinks she's being targeted because of her low number but Heba tells her it's because she has a husband there and he's after her. She says that he's screwing Amy by not shutting his mouth. Ouch. Amy tries to champion for Brady to go due to his low numbers in recent weeks but Heba questions that reasoning by saying Amy has also kicked her ass every week so why shouldn't she go? Amy also knows she's been vulnerable because Heba and Brady/Vicky have had an unspoken alliance since day 1.
At the elimination, Vicky (who has immunity), goes first. She votes Amy P. in order to weaken the opposite since she's a driving force behind Black's strongest player. Brady follows. Amy C. switches it up by voting out Brady which Amy P. obviously does so it all comes down to Heba. She started talking about family and individual game play and for a second I thought she was going to shock the team. But alas she chose Amy P. to go home. I'm sad to see her go, she was such a doll. In her exit interview she spoke about being a strong woman now and how she was a "glass half full" person stuck on a "glass half empty" team. She also said that "This South Carolina girl is going to give Ed a run for his money" for the at-home prize. Well looks like she's well on her way because she's already gone from a size 20 to a size 8. The best part is that she feels like she's a much better mom now which her son Rhett attested to when he said, "I love my new skinny mom."
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: pledge on October 22, 2008, 07:25:32 AM
While I wish them all the best of luck on losing weight ....... I really don't want to see Brady, Vicky, or Heba win the title of Biggest Loser. Whether it is the editing :duno: I just don't care for them.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: Texan on October 22, 2008, 09:52:04 AM
I am with you Pledge, I have missed a few shows and part of last night but I really did not like Brady, Vikcy and Heba yesterday. ESPECIALLY VICKY!!! I really hope they send her home soon. And Heba is high on power or something. The way she talked to Amy last night was not necessary.
I agree with Bob... something it up with Brady and Vicky... how can that large man only lose 3 pounds!?!? if he was doing the same as his wife.
Next week's preview shows Phil and Brady and says one person's weight loss is more the other team's whole loss. Sadly i think this will be Brady as he has alot to lose and with a low number and Bob's comment I think it is a set up for next week. I would love for it to be Phil but I do not see it.
If the blue team goes, I would LOVE for Amy to be the biggest loser to make them send one of their alliance's home.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 22, 2008, 08:52:25 PM
An interview with Amy:
Exclusive Interview: Amy Parham of 'The Biggest Loser'
On last night's episode of The Biggest Loser, Amy Parham ended up being eliminated after her blue team fell below the yellow line. Earlier in the episode Heba told her alliance (Vicky and Brady) that Phil approached her asking them to vote Brady out instead of his wife. Heba, who has butted heads with Phil the entire season, responded by voting Amy out. Today, Amy spoke to BuddyTV in an exclusive interview, opening up about her relationship with Heba, having to leave her kids behind to come on the show, and her bond with Bob.
Amy first came up with the idea to try out for The Biggest Loser early this year. “I dragged Phillip to a casting call in Atlanta on Valentine’s Day,” she told BuddyTV today. Leaving their kids behind, particularly one diagnosed with Autism, was not easy for the couple but they knew they were in good hands. “It was difficult and yet I knew that I had my brother and sister in law. They are active, organized and loving and I couldn't have left my children in better care,” Amy said. “I will be forever grateful to all of our family for making that sacrifice for our health.”
After Heba and her husband Ed fell below the yellow line a few weeks ago, the couple was forced to send one person home and she was forced to continue in the game without her husband. “Heba talked about losing Ed a lot. At least she had her alliance to fall back on. I had nothing but myself,” she said of being split up from Phil when Heba changed up the teams. “Heba and Phillip were like oil and water and I understood that,” she continued. “I really like Heba and feel like under different circumstances we would have been best friends.” Had Amy been the one to control the teams she said she would chosen Phil, Brady, Amy C., and Renee.
One thing Amy was grateful for is that she was able to stay with her trainer, Bob Harper, all the way until her last day in the competition. "I will be forever grateful for my time spent with Bob," Amy told BuddyTV. "I get emotional still talking about him because it is hard to explain how tough the past 5 or so years of my life have been and I thought I would never get back on my feet. He picked me up and helped me learn to walk again."
Since leaving the show, Amy has gone from a size 20 dress to a size 8. Her goal by the final weigh-in is to drop one or two more dress sizes.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 22, 2008, 09:13:35 PM
Biggest Loser 6 - Nutrition, Cooking, and Lifestyle
Ask and you shall receive.
You've all been wondering what this season's cast has been eating, preparing, etc.
Here's a little montage of some behind-the-scenes nutritional footage.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 22, 2008, 09:46:47 PM
Alison Sweeny's Blog:
"The Free Fall of Life" - Bob
Weren’t those fieldtrips cool? I loved Bob’s team out there doing that crazy Cirque Du Soleil stuff, and learning self-defense. And Coleen making that huge break through, dealing with her fear of heights. It’s so incredible to see how much they’ve changed. Especially when they talked to Dr. H. In 6 weeks, the flashbacks help you remember what they looked like on Day 1… how much they’ve changed their bodies in 6 short weeks. And, not just on the outside – Dr H had such amazing news for all of them. It was obviously so encouraging for Heba, Michelle, for Phil & Amy, for everyone to know that all their hard work was paying off on the inside too.
That challenge was quite a blow-out, huh? Not at all how I expected it to go. And I thought the prize was pretty awesome. It was great watching the look on Coleen’s face, seeing her dad, seeing her boyfriend. Getting to talk with them. And you could see how it invigorated Michelle, seeing her dad obviously had a big positive impact on her mentally, and helped motivate her – can you believe her success on the scale this week?
So many great one-liners from last night. And Vicky and Heba were on fire, right? It’s one of the weirdest parts about my job. I’m not there for all the game-playing strategy stuff that goes on in the bedrooms at night, so I totally related to Bob’s reaction to Brady’s 3 lb loss. And it’s always hard for me to say good bye to everyone on campus. In the elimination room, it’s always tough for everyone to cast their vote, and I know they each have a different way of playing their game. I feel it’s my place to be as completely neutral as possible, just a cheerleader and supporter of every player. But I often wonder how the players feel watching the show at home later, are they happy with how they played the game? Do you all of a sudden see a different decision they could have made that would have spun the game in a completely different direction? It must be such a surreal experience.
Speaking of watching yourself on tv, though – Ben had the biggest smile on his face watching himself in the ‘host tip’ we did for Halloween.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 22, 2008, 09:50:17 PM
Biggest Loser 6 - Trainer Tips 1
Helpful tips from Bob and Jillian to start and keep your own healthy lifestyle.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 22, 2008, 09:52:56 PM
Biggest Loser 6 - Trainer Tips 2
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 23, 2008, 02:47:47 PM
Next week on The Biggest Loser:
Tuesday October 28, 2008
ONE CONTESTANT BREAKS RECORD AT WEIGH-IN
This week, contestants put their food knowledge to the test during a calorie quiz that will give the winning team a dramatic advantage in the challenge. Later, emotions run high when one contestant confronts another on the opposing team before the challenge, which leaves the players soaring to new heights. Then one contestant stuns everyone with a record-breaking weigh-in before an elimination round sends another contestant home.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 23, 2008, 03:29:49 PM
An interview with Amy:
Amy Parham talks about her 'The Biggest Loser: Families' elimination
Amy Parham, a 40-year-old real estate agent from Greer, SC, loves the attitude of her husband Phil. But, as viewers saw in Tuesday night's The Biggest Loser: Families broadcast that ended in Amy's elimination, that love also comes the occasional chore of cleaning up the 41-year-old real estate agent's messes.
"I'm constantly trying to prevent Phillip from talking so much because he tends to talk his way into adversity. But that's one reason I love him to because there's never a dull moment," Amy told Reality TV World in a media conference call on Wednesday.
However, one mess Amy said Phil -- a member of the show's Black team -- didn't create was the fallout from a conversation in which he allegedly approached Amy's Blue team teammate Brady Vilcan about allying with his wife and voting Heba Salama off The Biggest Loser's Blue team.
"He didn't ask [Brady] to vote Heba out, that was mostly made up by Brady," Amy told reporters ."[Phillip] had a conversation with Brady on the basketball court and he just said to him 'You know there are other options in this game [and] Amy's a strong player and you might wanna consider aligning with her because she's lost a lot of weight every week and she'd be great for the team.'"
"He just said that in a way like he was assuming that [Brady] didn't have any alliances because [Heba, Brady, and Vicky] never admitted to having an alliance. So a lot of the stuff that was said last night was not even close to the conversation," she continued.
Amy said she was not surprised by her elimination because of the friendship of Heba, Brady and Vicky had developed while she had only begun to develop relationships with Heba and Amy Cremen, a 26-year-old purchasing department representative from Auburn Hills, MI.
However, she told reporters that while the circumstances surrounding her elimination had been somewhat confusing initially, they began to make more sense after watching the show's broadcast on Tuesday.
"I didn't even know until last night that Brady and Vicky had gone into the room and had a discussion with Heba about Phillip [that was] not accurate by any stretch of the imagination," Amy told reporters. "It kind of makes me think that they felt threatened in their alliance with Heba because Heba, Amy C. and I had become very, very close that week. I think they felt they needed to make up that little story in order to strengthen their alliance with [Heba] and turn her against me."
Amy told Reality TV World that while Phil and Heba's had personalities that "really kinda never matched," she had developed a better, albeit frosty, relationship with her.
"You know [Heba] is really funny and fun to hang around with, and I feel like in a different circumstance -- like if we just met at a party or something -- we would just really like each other a whole lot," Amy told Reality TV World. "But in this circumstance in the game situation it was tough because she's very strong and she's very opinionated and so it kind of made it tougher living circumstances."
When prodded by reporters, Amy also said that, in retrospect, she believes Brady may have even intentionally thrown -- similar to how Neil Tejwani drank two gallons of water to gain 17 lbs. for a weigh-in during The Biggest Loser's fourth season -- his weigh-in in an attempt to artificially keep his weight-loss low.
"At the time it really didn't cross my mind that he only lost three pounds and that he could possible have done that," Amy told reporters. "I don't know why I didn't think that. After watching that last night I'm like 'he did that!' I mean I don't know that for a fact but I'm just saying, you know, that has to be the truth."
"I'm not there the next week so I really don't know what happened, so I guess we're all gonna see next week," she continued. "If it's true that he did that, than we would probably expect a big number from him next week."
After returning home from the competition, Amy said that she had kept up her routine and had fallen into a lifestyle that she told reporters she could maintain "for the rest of her life." She added that she had dropped her weight down to 140 lbs., hoped to hit 120 lbs. by the season finale, and had almost attained her goal drop her dress size to a 6.
"I'm a size 6 in anything but tight jeans, but I'm gonna get there," she said with a laugh.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 23, 2008, 08:39:14 PM
An interview with Amy:
The Biggest Loser Roundup: Amy P. "Oblivious" to Sabotage, Feels Stronger
Amy Parham, the latest cast-off from The Biggest Loser ranch, is the epitome of a success story. Her youngest son was diagnosed with Autism five years ago and Amy, needless to say, felt the pressure. The intense stress caused her and her husband/teammate Phillip to gain weight. So when the duo was chosen to be on the show, they never anticipated being the victims of a nasty alliance. Phil is still safe, but unfortunuately only halfway through the show Amy was sent packing. Fancast caught up with Amy and asked her all the burning questions. She shares her thoughts on the Heba/Brady/Vicky alliance, how she felt going home without her husband, and some of her diet secrets!
How did you feel having to separate from Phil? Well, we work together and we’ve have been married for 20 years. We spent a lot of time together. So it was really strange to come home and take care of things alone and paying bills alone and everything. But we’ve got a great support system here and they made it a lot easier for us to adjust.
Did you feel like the Blue Team ganged up on you last night? Well this is the thing, when you guys watch the show I’m watching it with you and I’m learning things just like you are. And so I didn’t even know until last night that Brady and Vicky had gone into the room and had this whole discussion with Heba about Phillip. It was not accurate in any stretch of the imagination. I think that they felt that they needed to make up that little story in order to strengthen their alliance with her and to turn her more against me. I have no idea what she was really thinking. But seeing them come to that drastic of a measure almost makes me feel like they were a little concerned.
There’s a lot of speculation that Brady drank a lot of water before the weigh-in as sabotage so he could send you home. Did you think that might be going on at the time? You know, I’m really naïve and kind of oblivious. At the time, it did not even cross my mind that he only lost three pounds and that he could possibly have done that. I don’t know why I didn’t think that. But after watching it last night I think he did that. I mean I don’t know that for a fact, but I’m just saying that has to be the truth. But I tried to use it to my advantage in my negotiations with Heba. So I guess we’re all going to see next week who it is that pulls the big number. But if it’s true that he did [cheat] then we would probably expect a big number from him next week.
What was your opinion of Heba? You know, the girl is really funny and fun to hang around with. And I feel like in a different circumstance we would just really like each other a whole lot because she’s so much fun. But in this circumstance, in the game situation, it was tough because she’s very strong. She’s very opinionated. It kind of made it tougher living circumstances. But she’s really funny and she’s got a great personality. And she’s smart and I think she’s a great girl. It’s just the circumstances of a reality TV show.
A couple weeks ago during the temptation challenge where Heba won from eating all those donuts, if you had to do it over again would you just be shoving those Reese’s Cups in Phil’s mouth? Oh absolutely… or in my own mouth. I mean that is the one thing that keeps me up at night - if only, if only, if only. You’re not 100% sure that if you don’t have a Reese’s Cup you won’t just completely fall off the wagon and go crazy. There’s all these things going through your mind. So it’s just a really scary thing and you only have a minute to decide to your strategy. But if I had to do it over again I’d march myself over to the bagel table and I could’ve eat two bagels and beat her by 200 calories.
What was it like this week to go back to Dr. Huizenga and get some better news? That really felt good, especially for Phillip. He was really starting to have some serious medical conditions. When you’re married and you love somebody you worry more about your spouse than you do yourself. That really made me happy for Phillip that he had gotten such a better physical report because I want to keep him around for 20 more years.
How have you helped each other maintain the weight since the show? What we do is we get bulk food like chicken and broccoli and things like that. And we make like a whole pile of meals at the beginning of the week and we put them in individual containers. So we take our food with us to work to make sure that we eat several times during the day. That’s one thing I learned on the show is that I wasn’t eating enough. I would just go all day without eating and then just eat everything at night. So that really helped me to learn to eat every four hours. And then we go to the gym together. It’s kind of like we have our own little ranch here in South Carolina.
What weight are you at now? I’m at 145. Well it’s a Size 6 in everything but tight jeans. I would really like to be at 120 by the finale. I know that’s kind of lost to me at this point because I’ve only got six more weeks but I’m working hard at it.
What made you apply for the show? I used to sit and watch the show and eat ice cream, and cry because I wanted to be one of those people. I felt like a hamster on a wheel; life had kind of taken over me. I wasn’t taking over my life. I didn’t know how to get off that wheel and I felt like I needed something drastic to happen. And then I’m reaching out for whatever I can find. And the show just seemed like a great opportunity, but really a long shot. But I just decided to go for it and thank god that I was chosen.
Did you feel a kinship with Bob considering you’re both from the south, where there’s an abundance of obesity? I think Bob is the greatest thing that ever happened. But I think it’s true that in the south there’s a very high percentage of obese people. And it’s sad because it’s embedded in the culture to fry everything and batter everything and to add lots of salt and lots of sugar, and lots of everything horrible for you. So it’s sad that it’s like that, but we’re trying to change the next generation in our family so that’s the way you start.
What would you say is your hidden secret for snacking healthy and burning calories? Well one thing that I really like to do is I like to take yogurt and put it in the freezer .And then at night, I want a snack, then it’s like a frozen yogurt. And it tastes like sorbet or something but it takes a long time to eat it. I’ve always been an ice cream-aholic. So that gives me a feeling like I’m having a little ice cream even though I’m not. And then as far as burning calories, I always try to keep it different. But I love going to group classes at the gym because you can’t cheat. And so if you don’t have your trainer there pushing you, then everybody in the class working together kind of pushes you. And I love to run, get out real early in the morning while it’s dark, and go with my iPod and just run in the neighborhood -- and run until the sun comes up.
In addition to losing the weight, what’s the best thing about this experience for you? I’ve learned that I am a lot stronger. It’s about realizing the strengths inside of yourself and relying on the strong person that you are. Since I realized that I am a strong person, it’s translated into the weight loss area and in many other areas in my life. I can be stronger in business. I can be stronger in the way I deal with my children. I can be stronger in just any circumstance that comes across my path.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 23, 2008, 09:39:56 PM
An interview with Amy:
"I don't really feel like I'm on a diet."
Were you surprised that your team voted you out? Amy: Oh no. I knew my options were that our team had to win or that I had to be the biggest loser of the week. I felt that was the only way to ensure my stay.
Was it hard to be sent home without your husband, Phillip? Amy: We've been married for 20 years and spent a lot of time together. So it was really strange to come home and take care of things alone and pay the bills alone and everything. But I've got a great support system here at home, so they made it a lot easier to adjust.
Are you glad that you got to share the Biggest Loser experience with him? Amy: I can't imagine being married to somebody who had not been on the ranch and didn't understand the whole dynamics of what you should eat. And also what exercises to do. I just can't fathom doing it without him. It's been great to be able to support each other as we do this together.
What are you doing to ensure you both stick with your diet and exercise regimen? Amy: We make a whole pile of meals at the beginning of the week and put them in individual containers to bring to work for lunch. I also make sure that I eat several times a day, because one thing I learned on the show is that I wasn't eating enough. I would go all day without food and then just eat everything at night. And, Phillip and I go to the gym together and our trainer works us both out. It's neat, like we have our own little ranch here in South Carolina.
Are you worried about regaining the weight? Amy: Well, I don't really feel like I'm on a diet. I think this is completely maintainable for the rest of my life. I don't deprive myself. If I want a little something sweet, you know, once a week, I'll have it. I don't have the urge to go out and binge because my metabolism is going all the time, so I'm not really hungry. It's amazing that when your body is fed properly, it doesn't cry out for Cheetos anymore!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 23, 2008, 10:24:44 PM
An interview with Amy:
Biggest Loser’s Amy: I’m a Size 6!
She’s the proud mom of three boys, who came to the ranch to turn her life around. Despite being eliminated by the alliance on her team — Brady, his wife Vicky and their pal Heba — South Carolina’s Amy Parham remains undaunted. Happy to now weigh 145 lbs. and wear a size 6, Parham talked to PEOPLE about the Brady-Vicky-Heba triumvirate, how she’s keeping the weight off, and whether Brady sabotaged his weight loss during week six. – Sara Hammel
Is losing weight with your husband make it easier? It’s good accountability having each other. I can’t imagine being married to somebody who had not been on the ranch and didn’t understand the whole dynamic of what to eat and the exercise and all that. It’s been so great to be doing this together. We get bulk food — chicken and broccoli — and we make a whole pile of meals at the beginning of the week and we put them in individual containers and that way we can just pull them out.
How have your and your husband’s habits changed now that you’re back at home? One thing I learned on the show is I wasn’t eating enough. I would go all day without eating and then eat everything at night. It helped me to eat every four hours. We go to the gym together, our trainer works out with both of us. It’s kinda neat — we have our own little ranch here in South Carolina.
What happened behind the scenes with your elimination? Did you believe Heba was not going to vote you out after her speech? I’m watching the show with you and I didn’t know until last night that Brady and Vicky had gone and had this discussion with Heba about Phillip, which was not accurate in any stretch of the imagination. It makes me think they felt a bit threatened in their alliance with Heba, because Heba, Amy C. and I had become close that week. They felt they needed to make up that story to strengthen their alliance with her [and] make her suspicious of me.
Once the game is over, how do you plan to keep the weight off? I really don’t feel like I’m on a diet. This is completely maintainable for the rest of my life. I don’t deprive myself. If I want a little something once a week, I’ll have it. It’s good for your metabolism to [shock] the body because it doesn’t expect the same 1,100 calories a day. I don’t have the urge to go out and binge because my metabolism’s going all the time so I’m not hungry. Honestly, it’s really amazing how when your body’s fed it doesn’t cry out for Cheetos anymore.
Phillip seemed to be one of the more aggressive competitors on the show. Is there anything you would have changed that he did? I’m constantly trying to prevent Phillip from talking so much because he tends to talk his way into adversity. But that’s one reason I love him too — there’s never a dull moment. One thing, looking back, we had an agreement that during the food temptation that he was going to eat and I was not going to eat. I kept trying to encourage him to eat more Reece’s cups and I wish he’d have done that. But other than that I think he played the game well and with as much dignity as he could.
What was it like to go back to Dr. Huizenga for such improved results? That really felt good, especially for Phillip because he was really starting to have some serious medical conditions. When you’re married and you love somebody, you worry more about your spouse than you do yourself, so that made me happy for Philip that he got such a better report. I want to keep him around for 20 more years.
There was speculation Brady drank a lot of water to keep his weight loss low (he lost only 3 lbs.), so he’d lose double the weight the following week. Were you thinking about sabotage when you were being voted off? I’m really naïve and kind of oblivious. At the time, it did not even cross my mind that he could possibly have done that. But after watching it last night, I was like, “He did that!” I don’t know that for a fact but that has to be the truth. I’m not there the next week, so I really don’t know what happened. I guess we’re all going to see next week who it is that pulls the big number. I’m excited to see.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 24, 2008, 09:03:39 PM
An interesting article:
'Biggest Loser' trainer brings routine to Wii
Jillian Michaels -- the brash, in-your-face personal trainer from NBC's "The Biggest Loser" -- is hoping you'll find that getting fit can literally be a game.
"Jillian Michaels Fitness Ultimatum 2009" was released this week for the Nintendo Wii system, and promises to bring you almost everything people watch Michaels for on the TV show: aggressive coaching, a sharp sense of humor and attention to personal problems as well as physical fitness.
One thing you won't find: Michaels' patented potty mouth, which results in frequent bleeping on the TV show.
"There is no swearing," she said, laughing. "It's a nasty, nasty habit, but fortunately they could edit all that out of the game."
"Loser" is again in full swing, this time with families competing against each other to lose weight for the $250,000 prize. Amy Cremen, 26, of Auburn Hills is still in the race.
"Fitness Ultimatum" is the first celebrity fitness game for the Wii. It uses the Wii's Balance Board, and takes players through boot camp-like exercises. (The Balance Board retails for $90 packaged with Nintendo's "Wii Fit" game.)
Using the Wii remote and the Board, the game tracks how enthusiastically you're responding to Michaels' coaching, which in turn triggers her prerecorded feedback, ranging from "You're a rock star!" to "I'm going to come through that TV screen and hit you over the head with that joystick."
That's familiar patter to people who watch "Biggest Loser," where Michaels has threatened to rip a limb off one contestant and use it to beat another family member.
The obstacle course runs 18 minutes or so, but there are other ways to stack a longer workout. The game is intended for the whole family and is designed to be fun, not just a workout DVD replacement. Players get a workout, but by doing activities like loading cannons, rowing, skipping stones, jumping over logs and playing on monkey bars.
How much you get out of it will depend on how much you put into it. "When I say jump, are you going to jump? Or are you going to step up? It's a question of how committed you are and how consistent you are," Michaels said.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 24, 2008, 09:27:53 PM
Ali Vincent's Blog:
Fear—You Gotta Go Through It, Not Around It!
On the ranch everyone who is up for elimination has to pack all their bags. If they are the one chosen to go home, they are not allowed to return to the living quarters--it is a horrible feeling. Even though I was the season 5 Biggest Loser, don't forget that my mom and I were eliminated in the fourth week of our season before I came back to the ranch later.
What really sucks is although it’s not over till it’s over, you know, walking up to the elimination room, who is more than likely going home. You know, by the way, that the others around you have a lighter feeling to them. I remember when we were walking to elimination how some of the teams were actually joking around and laughing. Or how some people barely pack anything, because they know that, although they are up for elimination, they were safe.
In these last couple of episodes, I would have hated being both Amy C. and Amy P. waiting to see if their loved ones were going to return to the room or not. Or being Shellay and wanting to give Amy one last hug after the reality of the exit interview hit, and she realized she was really leaving the ranch.
Facing Fear I liked that Bob and Jill took their teams off ranch to do something different. One important part of really changing our lives is finding fun and exciting things to do that involve being active and also teach us something, like the self defense course that Bob's team tried. They got a workout but they also learned how to protect themselves.
And then Jill with the ropes course! I don’t know if any of you have ever done one, but they are amazing! (We should get the Biggest Loser Club to put together weekend where we all get together and really talk about our goals and then do activities like a ropes course, that would be fun.) Ropes courses tend to be really exhausting because you have to face your fears. Yes, there are actual fears like Coleen's fear of heights, but it’s also confronting the fears that prevent us from having EVERYTHING we ever wanted in our lives. There is power in recognizing fear and doing it anyway; it’s liberating to acknowledge it but not let it stop you.
Have you ever seen those t-shirts out there that say “NO FEAR”? Well, my mom Bette Sue used to say they should read “KNOW FEAR” because it’s then that dreams happen. I personally think that’s it, when you have the courage to tell the truth about what you are really afraid of.
I wasn’t ever afraid of working hard in the gym and spending all the time it took to prepare and track my calories or having to decline certain invitations that didn’t support my goal. I was afraid that if I really did reach my weight-loss goal and all the things in my life that I thought I didn’t have because of my weight still didn’t happen, what would that mean? You see, although my weight is what I felt held me back in my life, it was also what protected me and what got to be my excuse for not having the relationships in my life that honor me. I mean, how could I have that, when I didn’t honor myself?
Digging Deep So in the process of losing and letting go of my weight/protection I needed to tell the truth. I looked at my past and my present and painted the picture of my future. By digging deep I was able to acknowledge the times in my life that I was really proud of. In doing that I had to also acknowledge times that I wasn’t.
It wasn’t easy to admit that maybe it was my fault that a relationship didn’t work or that I wasn’t promoted because of my attitude, not my image. It wasn’t easy, but it was liberating. I realized that because a lot of times in my life I felt like the “victim” (if you will), there was no room to change the situation. But once I dug deep and told the truth, I realized I wasn’t a victim, and I was able to acknowledge and forgive myself for my role and let go of it. I was carrying around years of pain and feelings of being “less than,” and I didn’t need to anymore. I realized that I was a strong woman, and I am capable of creating my destiny, that I choose.
Can I just say APPLAUSE to Renee for really just sticking with it finding her focus and pace, I watched her and I thought…… she can win this ( the Biggest Loser, that is J) And good job to Coleen on 8 pounds, you go girl! --Ali
Tune in to "Oprah" on Thursday, October 30 (check local listings for air time) to see "Biggest Loser" trainers Bob Harper, Jillian Michaels and some of your all-time favorite contestants on the episode "Weight Loss Secrets of The Biggest Losers"!
I am with you Pledge, I have missed a few shows and part of last night but I really did not like Brady, Vikcy and Heba yesterday. ESPECIALLY VICKY!!! I really hope they send her home soon. And Heba is high on power or something. The way she talked to Amy last night was not necessary.
I agree with Bob... something it up with Brady and Vicky... how can that large man only lose 3 pounds!?!? if he was doing the same as his wife.
Next week's preview shows Phil and Brady and says one person's weight loss is more the other team's whole loss. Sadly i think this will be Brady as he has alot to lose and with a low number and Bob's comment I think it is a set up for next week. I would love for it to be Phil but I do not see it.
If the blue team goes, I would LOVE for Amy to be the biggest loser to make them send one of their alliance's home.
:ythat: Ladies count me in on that :beer:
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 29, 2008, 07:31:09 AM
A recap of last nights The Biggest Loser:
'The Biggest Loser: Families': "Why would you say such hateful things about me?"
The Blue Meanies continue to wreak havoc on The Biggest Loser: Families this week, staging an unwanted intervention, probably lying to their trainer, and generally being snots. Of course, one member of Team Black isn't exactly wining friends and influencing people, either.
This spoiler has no idea what happened last week. Blink blink grin.
Bob is devastated when he discovers that Amy is gone, at least in part because it means he's stuck with Vicky the Vile for another week. Vicky rubs Bob's nose in it -- "You thought I was gone?" More like "hoped and prayed," Vicky. When Mr. Sunshine admits that he finds someone detestable, you know it's bad.
Bob asks Brady and Vicky if there was any funny business with last week's weigh-in. You know I wouldn't tell anyone, he says, which would carry more weight if there weren't cameras everywhere. Interesting that he didn't ask Brady alone -- but then, Bob knows that Brady can't talk without his wife there to pull the strings. Vicky and Brady swear that everything was legit, but Vicky's got this feces-munching grin on her face in her interview. If I were charitable, I'd assume that said grin is just some sort of nervous tick. But who am I kidding -- I see it as evidence that Vicky LIES like a RUG.
Vicky claims last week’s number happened because Brady isn't eating every four hours like Bob demands. Brady looks slightly surprised by this, but he agrees that this must be the problem. Given that slender thread of plausible deniability to hold onto, Bob orders Brady to eat when and what he's told, then washes his hands of the whole thing. Harumph.
Food Fight The teams have to figure out which of a given pair of food choices is less bad for them. Three of them seemed pretty obvious: A hot dog beats nuclear nachos, penne with shrimp is better than spaghetti with Italian sausage, and a bacon-egg-cheese breakfast sandwich on an English muffin beats a multigrain bagel.
The other two were a bit tricky: Yes, chicken and shrimp fajitas are reasonably healthy, but when you add "the works" -- principally sour cream, guacamole and cheese -- they end up less healthy than chicken nuggets. But when you compare a burrito with "the works" against 18 light beers, the beers come out worse. Personally, I'd think the beer would be better, because you'd get plenty of exercise running to the bathroom, and besides, you'd either pass out or get sick of beer before you'd consumed them all. Alas, those factors weren't taken into consideration.
The Blue Meanies win. They get a 40-pound weight advantage at the challenge.
The Challenge The teams get up in big old slings and have to hold onto ropes, basically combating their combined body weight. Since the Blue Meanies won the food fight, they get to add 40 pounds to the Team Black. Even that doesn't spice up the game enough -- after 30 minutes, no one seems worse for wear, so one member of each team has to let go. After that, Team Black falls apart. Michelle is the last Blue member left holding the rope, and she makes a valiant effort, but she eventually has to let go. The Blue Meanies win the right to choose one member of Team Black and make their weight not count in this week's total.
The Drama Heba decides to confront Phil about how he's mean and evil and hates her and how dare he. She and the rest of the Blue Meanies stage this intervention while Team Black is sitting down to a quiet meal. Coleen eventually gets fed up with the drama and stalks off.
It transpires that Phil is, indeed, that stupid -- he really did approach Brady and Vicky last week, and really did try to make an alliance to that would sacrifice Heba to keep Amy. He probably wasn't half as inflammatory about it as Vicky and Brady said, but it was still a bone-headed move. But is the Blue Meanies strategy of calling Phil out in front of his team equally bone-headed? The idea is to get them questioning Phil's fitness to stay in the game. Really, I think it just pissed off the ladies of Team Black. We'll see what happens come weigh-in.
The Weigh In and Elimination
The Blue Meanies choose Michelle as the one to take off the rolls this week. Michelle is nonplused. Why her?
Team Black Michelle goes from 202 pounds to 200 pounds, a 2-pound loss. It doesn't count in the total. Renee goes from 225 pounds to 222 pounds, a 3-pound loss. Coleen goes from 179 pounds to 177 pounds, a 2-pound loss. Phil goes from 272 pounds to 269 pounds, a 3-pound loss. Removing Michelle from the equation, Team Black lost a total of 8 pounds, or 1.18 percent of their combined weight.
Team Blue Brady goes from 283 pounds to 270 pounds, for a 13-pound loss. Vicky goes from 203 pounds to 201 pounds, a 2-pound loss. Heba goes from 253 pounds to 247 pounds, a 6-pound loss. Amy goes from 193 pounds to 187 pounds, a 6-pound loss. The Blue Meanies lose a total of 27 pounds, or 2.9 percent of their weight from last week.
Renee was the biggest loser on Team Black, so she's safe. Realistically, that means Michelle's safe, too, as Renee won't vote for her. Phil admits that he's been off his game because of Amy's ouster. In the end, the Women in Black vote to send Phil back home to Amy -- just in time for their anniversary. He surprises her with a new ring and a vow-renewal ceremony. At the look-at-me-know interview, he's lost 106 pounds. Pounds again, huh? Apparently, they're willing to give the men's weights, but with women, they stick with dress sizes. Weird.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 29, 2008, 05:13:08 PM
THE BIGGEST LOSER Season 6 Episode 8
Tuesday, November 11, 2008
8:00 PM-10:00 PM EST
A WEEK OF SURPRISES - INCLUDING THE RETURN OF ALL THE ELIMINATED CONTESTANTS - SHAKES THINGS UP FOR "THE BIGGEST LOSERS" --It's a week of surprises for "The Biggest Losers," and the first is the news from host Alison Sweeney that they'll start competing as individuals now instead of as teams. Then comes the surprise return of all the eliminated contestants, and the revelation that only one gets to return to the game - and that decision won't be determined by weight loss. Then the contestants get a surprise visit from last season's "Biggest Loser" - Alison Vincent! Later, two contestants clash in a big way before the challenge, in which contestants have to stay one step ahead of the competition - literally. And after the weigh-in, the players get their last surprise - a twist in how this week's elimination will go down.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 29, 2008, 05:24:44 PM
Alison Sweeney's Blog:
"Have you ever run a mile?"
That “Eat This, Not That” book is SO interesting!!!! I swear, you find yourself reading every page learning all about all your favorite restaurants. Some calorie counts are so horrifying!!! It’s such a conversation piece. A must read.
I brought my family to that challenge – Ben told me to “be careful up there”. And I’m not really afraid of heights, but man, that cherry picker was a bit wobbly. And we were REALLY high up there.
How sweet were Phil and Amy??? It was obviously so tough on Phil to be without Amy this week, and I loved how he talked about her, realizing how much he loves her. And didn’t they look fantastic??? It was so amazing to see them, and what a special way to celebrate their new, healthy lives together. I am so happy for both of them, and can’t wait to see them at the finale.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 29, 2008, 08:49:52 PM
An interesting article an interview with Phil:
Exclusive Interview: Phil Parham of 'The Biggest Loser'
This season, on The Biggest Loser: Families, Phil Parham got a bad deal. Phil entered into a conversation with a teammate, that was intended to be confidential, about eliminating another player in the game. It was not meant to be malicious or shady but Phil was betrayed and his teammate, Heba, soon found out about his plan to get her out of the game. Heba took action, separating Phil from his wife when she was given the power to create teams in The Biggest Loser. Amy was eliminated soon after and Phil went home this week. Though he tried to defend himself, his old blue team just wouldn't believe a word he said. Even though he had the support of his black team members, it wasn't enough to keep him in the game and he was eliminated on last night's episode. Today, he spoke to BuddyTV in an exclusive interview.
When asked who is currently playing the game the hardest on The Biggest Loser, Phil didn’t hesitate before answering, “Vicky pulls the strings. It is almost Shakespearean!” After Vicky and Brady sold Phil out to Heba, saying that he wanted her out, Amy defended him and said that a lot of what he was being accused of wasn’t true. “I thought that what I said to Brady in our ‘guy time’ on the court was between us. I was not as malicious or as mean spirited as Brady portrayed,” he told BuddyTV. “I still to this day do not know what Brady actually said to her. Heba was very emotional and I think Brady looked for anything to take advantage of that.”
Phil pulled a very small number at the weigh-in on this week’s episode and admitted to everyone that his head was out of the game a little after his wife was sent home the week before. “That event affected me terribly that week. I had trouble eating and getting the desire to work out with the same intensity, even though I never quit, I felt like it,” he said. “Amy was my sanity and she was gone and I felt all alone.” Thought he was sad to be eliminated, Phil was overjoyed to reunite with his wife at home, in time for the 20th wedding anniversary. “That probably was one of the best moments I have had. To be able to celebrate our anniversary together and see her and my family after that long week was awesome,” he said.
Since being home together, Amy and Phil have worked hard to prepare for The Biggest Loser’s finale. The player who loses the highest percentage of weight will walk away with $100,000. “We are doing everything we can to work out, eat right, stay rested and hydrated, and push toward that final goal at the finale,” he told BuddyTV. Since leaving the show, Phil has already dropped over 100 pounds.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: pledge on October 29, 2008, 09:57:42 PM
Tuesday night both Renee and Phil lost 3 pounds. Renee was declared the biggest loser for the week from the Black Team. I didn't hear an explanation but they must figure biggest percentage lost. Is this correct? Does anyone know? Just wondering.
Still don't like Brady, Vicky, or Heba ! Can't wait to see who gets to come back.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: Texan on October 29, 2008, 10:16:44 PM
I hope the person that comes back bond with the black team and vote out Vicki. I missed the show but I can see that stupid grin of Vicki
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: michael on October 29, 2008, 10:30:31 PM
I hate Vicky i hope she gets eliminated and gets even fatter than she was before going into the house. she's a troll.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 30, 2008, 10:58:50 AM
:funny: hahaha you guys are cracking me up
After watching last season's adorable Ali Vincent win I can't imagine one of the nasty trio Vicky Brady and Heba winning this season
Reminder:
:popcorn: watch Oprah today "Weight Loss Secrets of The Biggest Losers"
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 30, 2008, 11:02:54 AM
An interview with Phil
Biggest Loser’s Phillip Shows Off a 34-Inch Waist
One week after his wife Amy was eliminated, Biggest Loser: Families contestant Phillip Parham bid adieu to the ranch after his Black Teammates voted him off after his 3 lb. weight loss. Throughout the season, the South Carolina real estate exec clashed with the Blue Team’s Heba, who confronted him on Tuesday night’s episode about his alleged attempt to convince Brady to eliminate her. Phil, who has lost 117 lbs. and now sports a 34-inch waist, revealed his true feelings about Brady and Heba and gave his side in of the now-infamous chat with Brady on the basketball court. – Sara Hammel
Amy said last week you look so different now that she feels she’s having an affair with her own husband. Do you feel the same way? We had to figure out how to fit together again. Is that too graphic? You get to relearn things you’ve been doing for 20 years.
Now that you look so different — thinner and with a fully shaved head — do people not recognize you? I almost never get recognized out in public. When I came back, especially since I shaved the head, I saw some people at the mall who didn’t recognize me who I’d worked with before. They always do the double take. I’ve been going to one bank for a long time, and the manager always greets me by my first name. I’ve been into the bank five times and she’s never said anything except, “Welcome to Wachovia.” It makes me feel so good.
What’s the real story behind what you said to Brady that day on the basketball court? The conversation was to see if there was any wiggle room in their alliance — and to see if there was anything I could say or do to sway him away from going against my wife. Everything is emotional with Heba. I’ll say this for the record: [The things I said] weren’t as bad [as what Brady said]. The truth is probably somewhere in the middle. I might have said a couple of little things off the cuff and … it escalated into, “I hate [Heba].”
Has the game escalated to a new level, and crossed the line to being just nasty? Yes. It’s almost Shakespearean, I think Bob said. What a great line.
Were you secretly relieved to go home, or just really upset? A combination of both. If you ever saw me in the challenges and the gym, there was never a time that they show me complaining because I didn’t do it. Bob and Jillian alluded to that — that Amy and I were strong in the gym and we wanted to do our jobs. And when it turned into this whole other animal, and to see my wife go home, that was a really tough week. I never quit that whole week. I worked really hard, but … I felt like the outsider on the Black Team even though did everything I could to bring myself into that circle. I’m not used to that feeling where people don’t like me.
Did Brady purposely lose a small amount of weight last week so he’d rock the scale this week? Absolutely. When Vicky said last night to Bob that Brady was not eating every four hours, it was a total fabrication. He had no difference in the way he was eating [since he'd been at the ranch]. Bob is pretty easy to be swayed … And I don’t think he got the true answer.
What went through your mind during that confrontation with Brady and Heba at dinner? Heba’s a lot of fun to joke around with and have a good time, but once we had our little falling out at the Grand Canyon, I had already apologized to her five different times and tried to stay clear of her. What you didn’t see [on the show was that] I apologized to her if I hurt her, but it went on deaf ears and she just kept going. Every time I would speak she would speak over me. Things thing got completely out of control. I spent so little of my mental energy worrying about what Heba was doing; I was trying to gear myself to work out. It was good game play by Vicky and Brady to take anything I might have said and spin it to her … and use it against me. Kudos to them from that standpoint. That’s what they felt like they needed to do.
A special episode of The Oprah Winfrey Show — “Weight Loss Secrets of The Biggest Losers” — airs Thursday and features trainers Bob Harper and Jillian Michaels as well as contestants from various seasons.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 30, 2008, 11:25:27 AM
An interview with Phil:
Phil Parham talks about his 'The Biggest Loser: Families' elimination
You can add Phil Parham, a 41-year-old real estate agent from Greer. SC, to the growing list of people who think that Brady and Vicky Vilcan are "gameplaying."
"When Vicky said last night to [trainer Bob Harper] that Brady was not eating every four hours... total fabrication," Parham told reporters during a media conference call on Wednesday. "He had no difference in the way he was eating from the time he hit the ranch."
Phil added that he thought Bob had figured out Brady, a 36-year-old pharmacist from Houma, LA, and his wife Vicky, a 37-year-old anesthetist, but had simply stopped asking questions after the couple had lied to him.
"I think that Bob is pretty easy to be swayed, but Bob knew," he told reporters. "I felt like [he] kind of got up to the line when he asked the question and he was really pushing for an answer, but I don't think he got the answer that was the true answer."
Phil also told Reality TV World that the alleged gameplaying had hardly changed his opinion of Brady because the two never gotten along well to begin with.
"I really don't like Brady a whole lot to be honest with you," he told Reality TV World. "If you watch the show from Episode 1, my relationship with Brady was rocky. It was okay at times and then it would turn pretty rough because Brady tends to have a little bit of a temper and I would just kinda stay back from him."
"He was also 20 minutes late to everything he did. He held the whole production up, he held workouts up. Brady just does whatever Brady wants to do," Phil added.
Phil also reiterated his wife Amy Parham's recent comments that while he had brought Blue team member Heba Salama's name up during a Week 7 conversation with Brady on The Biggest Loser ranch's basketball court, his comments had not been overly critical of her.
"[The conversation] happened about a day before [my wife] got eliminated," Phil told reporters. "Basically the conversation was just to see [if there was any] wiggle room in their alliance and just to see if there was anything I could say to kind of feel him out [and] sway him away from the way I knew it was going against my wife."
"[The comments] weren't as bad, and they probably weren't as good," Phil added regarding what he had actually said about Heba compared to how Brady had chosen to interpret them. "They were probably somewhere in the middle where I might have said a couple of little things off the cuff, and [Brady] took it and, kind of like 'The Rumor Game,' a week and a half later it had escalated into 'I hate her' somehow."
According to Phil, he had remained silent when Heba publicly confronted him about the comments in last night's episode because he was at a loss for words.
"You want a quote of what I was thinking? 'You can't reason with unreasonable people.' Heba's a lot of fun to joke around with and have a good time, but she can swing a lot emotionally," he told Reality TV World. "What you did not see was that I apologized to her [for] if I had done anything to her to hurt her or offend her. But it just went on deaf ears."
"I spent so little of my mental energy on what Heba was doing because I was gearing up for the workouts, or paying attention to the trainer and trying to get along with the other people on the show. Somehow it got so escalated in her mind that my whole attitude towards her was negative and it really wasn't," he told Reality TV World.
Phil told Reality TV World that he "saw the writing on the wall" and was not surprised when he was eliminated. Afterward, he also went as far as to claim he had actually been glad to get booted from the show.
"It's against everything in me to say 'Hey, I'm kinda glad I can go home,' but it was a long time up to that point for me where I felt it, and without the support of my wife it was me feeling like I was on an island and isolated," he told reporters. "With all honesty, that week was that tough for me that I kinda felt like, in that moment, that I'm glad I'm outta here."
However, Phil said that while he hadn't been upset about getting eliminated, his wife Amy hadn't exactly shared his sentiments.
"Oh she was mad as hell," he told reporters with a laugh. "She was so mad at me. She's a Type-A personality [and is] completely driven and going all the time."
"It didn't work out for her the week before, but when I [returned from the show] I was like 'Hey, it's your husband. I'm over here,' and she was like 'Why are you here? What are you doing here?'" he added. "She had her moment, and then she was excited because it was our 20th wedding anniversary so, a lot of those mixed emotions and that whole deal."
Tuesday night both Renee and Phil lost 3 pounds. Renee was declared the biggest loser for the week from the Black Team. I didn't hear an explanation but they must figure biggest percentage lost. Is this correct? Does anyone know? Just wondering.
Still don't like Brady, Vicky, or Heba ! Can't wait to see who gets to come back.
I just heard back from TBL and their explanation given was:
Renee had a greater percentage of weight loss than Phil. Even though the body fat % was the same, she had lost more weight...
You are gonna love the drama next week ; )
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 30, 2008, 04:08:58 PM
Biggest Loser 6 - Episode 8 - Show Promo
All of this seasons cast returns to see who will be brought back into the game.
But the drama doesn't stop there, tune in Tuesday, Nov 4th for the next episode of The Biggest Loser only on NBC
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: BballKates on October 30, 2008, 07:04:18 PM
First, Heba is a moron for being in a three person alliance. She is the third wheel and the odd person out. If she was smart she would have joined up with the Amy's. But she is screwing herself over by taking things personally.
Also, they should have voted off Colleen because she is the lightest of the group and doesn't have that much left to lose not to mention now they don't have a male. They should have waited one more week to get rid of Phil.
Heba might be one of the most obnoxious people ever on this show. Vicky and Brady are cocky I hope they don't win either.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 30, 2008, 07:07:03 PM
An interview with Phil:
The Biggest Loser Roundup: Phil Says He "Felt Like an Outsider"
Phil Parham is the latest eliminee from The Biggest Loser ranch, but he went down with guns blazing. Despite being the epitome of a southern gentleman, Phil was embroiled in some heavy drama with the Blue Team's alliance. Last week, Phil's wife Amy was a victim of the same alliance. This didn't sit too well with Phil. He seemed to have lost his motivation without his wife and was sent home. Fancast got the chance to chat with Phil about the fights, the weight-loss, and that infamous basketball court discussion with Brady.
In two weeks apparently you make a comeback. How did it feel to be back on the ranch? Like we walked into a war zone. Like it would be if they dropped me in the middle of Afghanistan or something without a weapon. I feel like it turns into a completely different crazy place. I mean, you know, I’ve kind of gotten to go home and feel the love of my family and support of my friends. And then you come back into it. It gets crazy.
Were you relieved to go home or were you disappointed to leave? A combination of both. If you ever saw me in any of those challenges and in the gym, there’s never a time that they could ever show me complaining because I didn’t do it. And I think Bob and Jillian both alluded to that, that Amy and I were strong in the gym and we wanted to do our jobs. And then when it turned into this whole other animal. And to see my wife go home, that was a really, really tough week. And so I never quit that whole week. I worked really hard. But, as much as the girls were telling me that they were on my side, they would take walks together and they were together. And I kind of felt like the outsider on the Black team even though I did everything I could to bring myself into that circle.
We got to see you with a shaved head and goatee… what does Amy think of your new look? We’ve had such a radical change in our lives and somebody mentioned it to me when I got home and said well you just ought to shave that off because you can’t grow hair anyway. So I said well, what do you think Hun? And she said yes, do it. See what it looks like. And I just hit the shower and got the razor out, and took care of it.
How did the conversation with Brady actually happen? Did you try to get Heba ousted? Basically the conversation was just to see if there was any wiggle room in their alliance. I knew that it would go against my wife, because everything is emotion with Heba. So he obviously took the things that I say - which I’ll just say this for the record that they weren’t as bad and they probably weren’t as good. It was probably like the truth. It’s probably somewhere in the middle that I might have just said a couple of little things off the cuff and he took it, and it’s kind of like the rumor game. And about a week and a half later it had escalated into I hate her somehow or something like that.
And that's what led to the ambush at dinner? Yeah. Vicky and Brady just saw the opportunity to use anything against me because I had been on a forced diet of no talking to Heba for about three weeks. So... I was just being really nice to her and really avoiding her at all costs. And I had not said three words to her. And then, you know, the whole thing happened with my wife and that was a really stressful week. Since that was probably the only conversation I had with Brady since I was on Black and he was on Blue the whole week, he used whatever he could to solidify their alliance and give Amy the boot.
Brady denies that he sabotaged that weigh-in to vote Amy off. Are Brady and Vicky really playing a game here? Oh absolutely. When Vicky said last night to Bob that Brady was not eating every four hours, it was a total fabrication. He was eating. He had no difference in the way he was eating from the time he hit the ranch. Bob is pretty easy to be swayed. But Bob knew. I felt like Bob kind of got up to the line when he asked the question and he really was pushing for an answer, but I don’t think he got the answer that was really the true answer. So they’re game playing. They’ve been doing it since they got there. And they seem to be really good at it.
You were originally on Bob's team, then you were switched to Jillian. What did you think of her as a trainer? I was a little afraid and kind of scared because I had gotten to the point where I was comfortable with Bob because Bob is very tough in the gym. And then I went over to Jillian and she trains completely different. She likes to kind of get inside your head and delve into the psychological end of things, which she kept trying with me. And I guess it worked. The last week or two, I was there was really tough all the way around; watching the whole thing unfold with my wife and me, because I think ultimately we’re stronger together than we were apart. And I think you can see that in the episode.
How are you guys enabling each other to stay healthy and to work together? We actually kind of monitor each other. We text each other and find out when she’s going to her classes and we ask each other at the end of the day what you got accomplished. And we check on each other’s weights. On Sundays, I’ll cook a bunch of food to put in plastic containers for breakfast, lunch and dinner. So we help each other that way. And if any of us feels weak from time to time, we’ve got the other one to kick each other in the butt.
How much do you weigh today? I'm 214 as of today. I think I’m three pounds away from 120 pounds lost so far. And I’m about a 34 to a 35 waist right now.
And what would you say was your biggest misconception about the show before you got on it? Like what it would be like? How hard it was. A lot of these other shows like Big Brother or Survivor, you’re there for a little while. But we’re there for up to three and a half months on our season on the ranch in that environment. And then you have to come home and basically it gets harder. So this is over half a year of your life. So I think the stress was more than I thought it would be. I think the workouts are obviously way more intense than I thought that they would be. But it’s good to get stretched and it’s good to get pushed. That’s something I learned that it’s good to kind of push yourself to the next level and it’s good to know that when you are in those situations that you can make it and you can do it.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on October 31, 2008, 11:10:34 PM
Reminder:
The Biggest Loser Season 6 is not scheduled for next Tuesday because of the election coverage
It is scheduled for the following week Tuesday November 11, 2008 8:00 PM-10:00 PM EST
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 04, 2008, 11:26:34 PM
Because we know how much you guys will be missing Biggest Loser tonight
-- here's a behind-the-scenes clip from the ranch!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 06, 2008, 01:21:11 PM
A WEEK OF BIG SURPRISES – INCLUDING THE RETURN OF ALL THE ELIMINATED CONTESTANTS – SHAKES THINGS UP FOR "THE BIGGEST LOSER: FAMILIES" ON TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 11 (8-10 P.M. ET) ON NBC
Released by NBC
Plus, Ali Vincent, Last Season's "Biggest Loser" Winner, Guest Stars!
UNIVERSAL CITY, CA – November 6, 2008 – The return of all the eliminated contestants – each hoping for a chance to get back in the game and possibly win the $250,000 grand prize – is just one of the surprises in store for contestants on NBC's "The Biggest Loser: Families," airing Tuesday, November 11 (8-10 p.m. ET).
This week's episode begins with host Alison Sweeney telling the contestants that they will start competing as individuals now instead of as teams. Then comes the surprise return of all the eliminated contestants, and the revelation that only one will return to the game, and that decision won't be determined by weight loss as in past seasons.
This week's challenge turns into a real nail-biter when contestants have to pick up the pace and stay one step ahead of the competition – literally. Then Ali Vincent, last season's "Biggest Loser" and first female winner, stops by for a pep talk, and brings along a special guest who also has a big surprise for all of the contestants.
After the weigh-in, the players get one last bit of unexpected news – a twist in how this week's elimination will go down. Another contestant is sent home after one player surprises all of the contestants with a shocking vote at elimination.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 11, 2008, 04:43:47 PM
Reminder: There is a 2 hour episode tonight :popcorn:
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 11, 2008, 10:08:54 PM
Blah, I soooo dislike the nasty trio grrrrr (:;)
:jumpy: WTG Amy for voting out Brady
I am so hoping the gorgeous girls from the black team along with Amy can stay above the yellow line next week and vote off the vile Vicky Heba and Ed.
Thats some serious unnecessary nasty game play and some lousy personalities.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: michael on November 11, 2008, 10:11:06 PM
YES! I'm so glad that Amy voted him out tonight. Now that ass hat Vicky just needs to go.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: pledge on November 12, 2008, 12:05:15 AM
I am so hoping the gorgeous girls from the black team along with Amy can stay above the yellow line next week and vote off the vile Vicky Heba and Ed.
Thats some serious unnecessary nasty game play and some lousy personalities.
I sooooooo agree !!! :yess: WTG Amy ....... so glad she voted out Brady
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 12, 2008, 09:19:58 AM
Alison Sweeny's Blog:
“the happiest thing you can think of x 1000”
Wow. Talk about drama, huh? I thought that was just part of my day job! Having now been through several seasons I am often reminded how important it is to put things in perspective. Bill, Julie, Neil (season 4), not to mention the emotion we saw from the boy s in blue in Season 5, all talked about how extraordinary this journey is. Being a part of the Biggest Loser is such an overwhelming experience.
It’s pretty tough on me, and I’m not there every day. And the contestants are living it 24/7. Remember those intense friendships you developed at summer camp when you were a kid? It’s like that only a lot more. Sometimes it’s tough to understand why they do the crazy things they do on the show, or why they take things so personally and get so emotional, but you gotta remember what they’re going through – and how much more crazy and brutal and intense it is than real life. And at the end of it all, weight loss is an emotional journey for most people. There is so much underneath the obvious reasons people are on the Biggest Loser campus, turning to Bob and Jill for help. I’m not here to justify anything or anyone, and if you know me at all, you know I’m not going to take sides, but I just thought it’d be appropriate to include some of the insight I’ve gotten into the world of reality competition shows since becoming part of the Biggest Loser family.
That being said: who else wanted to give Stacy a big hug!!! I can’t tell you how many members of the crew commented on how inspiring she is, and we love Ed, but to see Stacy get eliminated in week one, and do so well at home, and then come back to create one of the most high-octane challenges I’ve ever witnessed, well, that’s impressive. She is a rock star. Seriously, the step up challenge and the stair challenge from Season 4 are probably the 2 best challenges I’ve seen.
I can’t wait to see everyone at the Finale. Brady looks fantastic, and they still have like 6 weeks to get ready for the big day!! So, I can tell you now, the eliminated players are going to have some steep competition. It’s going to be awesome.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 12, 2008, 02:51:13 PM
Next week on TBL:
Tuesday, November 18, 2008 8:00 PM-10:00 PM EST
CONTESTANTS GET A BLAST FROM THE PAST WITH 80S WEEK
This week, contestants travel back in time to the 1980s, dressing the part and doing 80s style workouts and participating in a special 80s-themed challenge.
Meanwhile, two players aren't speaking to each other, causing friction in the house and with one team in particular.
Then an emotional elimination round sends another contestant home.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 12, 2008, 02:54:54 PM
I am so hoping the gorgeous girls from the black team along with Amy can stay above the yellow line next week and vote off the vile Vicky Heba and Ed.
Thats some serious unnecessary nasty game play and some lousy personalities.
I sooooooo agree !!! :yess: WTG Amy ....... so glad she voted out Brady
I was hoping next weeks episode involves Vicky’s hair getting trapped in the gym equipment taking several hours to release her cause no one really cares ;) :funny:
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: Rob on November 12, 2008, 02:58:54 PM
I was sooo happy when Amy (WHO I ADORE) voted out Brady!! I hate Vicki, and did you see, someone wrote "REVENGE" on a door, in next week's previews. I am guessing that Vicki did that to Ami.
When Ed came back, I gave up watching the show, because I didn't care anymore, but now, I care again, since Brady is gone. I don't like anyone on the Blue team, except Amy, who can go to black now! LOL
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 12, 2008, 03:17:49 PM
I was sooo happy when Amy (WHO I ADORE) voted out Brady!! I hate Vicki, and did you see, someone wrote "REVENGE" on a door, in next week's previews. I am guessing that Vicki did that to Ami.
When Ed came back, I gave up watching the show, because I didn't care anymore, but now, I care again, since Brady is gone. I don't like anyone on the Blue team, except Amy, who can go to black now! LOL
Oh nuts I missed the preview for next week as soon as they showed Brady "after the show" I turned because I was repulsed and didn't care and watched the ending of DWTS
OMG you are kidding me wow they need to call in the psych on that one
I hope the girls from the black team support Amy as well as the TBL needs to intervene
Good grief I just don't get it what a way to set an example for their children I hope they are embarrassed
Good luck Amy I hope she is a tough little cookie and gets past that
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 13, 2008, 10:37:13 PM
Biggest Loser 6 - Episode 9 - Totally 80s Week
Just when you thought you'd seen it all, The Biggest Loser throws in another twist.
Tuesday, November 18th Biggest Loser is unveiling TOTALLY 80S WEEK on NBC.
Everything 80s, the outfits, the workouts, the music, and more. Here's a clip to tide you over...
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 14, 2008, 06:24:31 PM
Ali Vincent's Blog:
The Return of the Eliminated Players—Ali Remembers Her Season
After my elimination in week four of Season 5, I can’t even begin to explain to you the absolute elation I felt when I got the phone call weeks later that I might have the opportunity to return to ranch! I had been at the gym for a couple hours, after that, I went swimming for an hour without checking my phone. When I got back to the locker room I had three missed phone calls from the BL production team and ten from my mother! I didn’t even bother to check my voicemail; I immediately called my mom. She answered the phone saying, “you’re going back Buba, you really are going to be the First Female Biggest Loser." I was like ”what?”
Now of course, pretty true to form, that wasn’t quite the case. Mom was just excited. But what was true was that all the eliminated contestants were going to have the opportunity to win a spot back on the ranch, and we had a week till we would return.
I was out of my mind, this was it…. I knew it with every part of who I was. The camera crew had just been out to film the “where are they now?” and something just felt different. Of course when you are eliminated from the ranch you have no clue if you will ever be returning. People always assume, “well, you knew you would be coming back, right?” and the answer is "NO".
Why I Kept Going
I think they ask me over and over again because I had made such an amazing change that people find it hard to believe that I would continue without knowing that I might be going back to ranch. For me it didn’t make a difference. Yes, I wanted to become the first woman Biggest Loser, but I wanted more than anything to change my life and feel good about myself again, so when I was eliminated in week 4 I kept on my path.
When we all flew in the next week, and I got to see everyone, I was amazed. In fact I didn’t even recognized Mark when he came out of the elevator, I thought he was some young hoodlum! We still didn’t know how they were going to choose to return to the ranch, so the energy was all over the place. Everyone wanted it.
In preparation, I had taken running classes in case it was some type of challenge, since I knew that wasn’t a strong point of mine, but we were all on edge with excitement. We thought, well, maybe they will choose the person who lost the most weight or maybe it would be the person who lost the least amount or maybe it would be a challenge. Either way we were all going to do whatever we could with in our power to get back on ranch.
Kudos to Stacey
For this season, it was fun to be able to see all of this seasons eliminated contestants, I think I was most surprised by the green team, Stacey in particular. With all the tension in the house, I think that Stacey was right on when she had such an emotional reaction to it. It made the fact that Stacey gave it her all during the challenge that more impressive. I was also impressed that she went for it with all that she had, even though she wasn’t sure she even wanted to be back on ranch. I wonder how the season would’ve played out if Stacey had been the one to return?
I love Ed and I thought he did an amazing job to earn his spot back on ranch, I just hope he has enough courage to be his own man and not fall into the “pack” mentality that seems to come with wearing the color blue. I get that it is important to have alliances and the support of a team but at what cost?
The Challenge of Challenges
The challenges were the part of the ranch that I liked the least :)
Even though, I was a competitive athlete growing up, I realized that I no longer had the desire to “beat” anyone. I now had the desire to be the best that I could be and the challenges just felt like I was taking away from someone else, I know that’s weird to some but to me it just made sense. And then one day it didn’t. I realized at home that by choosing me and going for my dreams, it didn’t mean that the person next to me couldn’t have theirs. As long as we all played with integrity and in alignment with who we were, competition was good and allowed ourselves to push further than we thought we were capable of.
I remember when I was brought back on ranch there were so many questions from all the contestants who hadn’t left at that point. I think there was a lot of thoughts of how it would be when they eventually went home, so I was extremely excited to be able to go to ranch and talk to the contestants this season and be able to bring with me Cynthia Sass from Prevention magazine, which everyone knows at this point is probably my favorite magazine. We just wanted the opportunity to give a few pointers and suggestions of how they could set themselves up to win when they got home as well as ways to give back and include their families in their journeys. I about fell out of my chair when Prevention gave each of the contestants $5000 worth of groceries.
I was glad that Shellay and Amy had the time to talk privately and reflect on their experience. I think it gave Amy the courage to vote the way she did in the elimination room. I’m glad that she realized that individuals are truly individuals and that she had make the move that will give her the best chance of going all the way and having the two married couples on a team didn’t leave her a lot of room to have much voting power, plus when given the chance you have to eliminate your biggest threats. Brady could have won the Biggest Loser… Now he’ll just have to win at home!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 14, 2008, 08:00:58 PM
:jumpy: Yippie
The next edition of "The Biggest Loser" also will launch early next year.
"We're going back to couples, but we have our oldest and youngest players ever and pound-for-pound the most weight we've ever had to lose," Plestis said. "Our biggest cast yet."
Link to the article: http://www.hollywoodreporter.com/hr/content_display/news/e3i5cb311a1dabd6263778aa0f0df629bad (http://www.hollywoodreporter.com/hr/content_display/news/e3i5cb311a1dabd6263778aa0f0df629bad)
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 17, 2008, 01:10:33 PM
'TIS THE SEASON FOR A BOUNTY OF HOLIDAY-THEMED SERIES AND SPECIALS ON NBC
Released by NBC
NBC celebrates the holidays by making a list and checking it twice with holiday-themed series episodes and specials throughout late November and December. A bevy of series will celebrate the most festive time of the year including "The Office," "ER," "My Name is Earl," "30 Rock," "Kath & Kim," "The Biggest Loser: Families" and "Deal or No Deal" (dates and episode descriptions are below). In addition, the network will air "WWE Tribute to the Troops" on December 20 (9-10 p.m. ET).
This programming joins the previously announced holiday specials: "Rosie Live," "A Muppets Christmas: Letters to Santa," "Little Spirit," "82nd Annual Macy's Thanksgiving Day Parade," "The National Dog Show," "Christmas in Rockefeller Center" and "New Year's Eve with Carson Daly."
Following are programming dates and details (all times ET):
TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 25 (8-10 p.m. ET)
"The Biggest Loser: Families"
NFL SUPERSTARS JERRY RICE AND STEVE YOUNG AND CELEBRITY CHEF ROCCO DISPIRITO GUEST STAR IN THANKSGIVING EPISODE -- It's Thanksgiving week at the "Biggest Loser" ranch, and contestants will be celebrating with turkey, football and very special guests! First, NFL Super Bowl MVPs Jerry Rice and Steve Young stop by to put the contestants through NFL-style drills. Then celebrity chef Rocco DiSpirito helps the contestants make a healthy version of a traditional Thanksgiving dinner. Later, the contestants are really thankful when they receive special videos from home. Alison Sweeney is the host, and trainers Bob Harper and Jillian Michaels also star.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: michael on November 17, 2008, 01:27:48 PM
The next edition of "The Biggest Loser" also will launch early next year.
"We're going back to couples, but we have our oldest and youngest players ever and pound-for-pound the most weight we've ever had to lose," Plestis said. "Our biggest cast yet."
Link to the article: http://www.hollywoodreporter.com/hr/content_display/news/e3i5cb311a1dabd6263778aa0f0df629bad (http://www.hollywoodreporter.com/hr/content_display/news/e3i5cb311a1dabd6263778aa0f0df629bad)
I wonder if it'll start around Jan 1st, i know last year it started on Jan 1st because I remember being hung over and just sitting at home watching TV all day and eating turkey with my family lol
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 17, 2008, 05:02:46 PM
I wonder if it'll start around Jan 1st, i know last year it started on Jan 1st because I remember being hung over and just sitting at home watching TV all day and eating turkey with my family lol
:funny: I think I remember that
It would be awesome if it started right in the new year.
Season 6's finale is December 16, 2008 so would they start a new season 2 weeks later :jumpy: I hope so hehehe
I see nothing in its time slot but NBC has not released their schedule yet :)
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 18, 2008, 11:17:36 PM
:gaah: The vile ass hat is still there :funny:
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: michael on November 18, 2008, 11:27:05 PM
LOL, well if editing has anything to do with it, they are setting her up for a big fail. Obviously the two remaining black team members will be above the yellow line because they always get big numbers, so I think two blue team members will fall below next week, and if it isn't Amy than I think vicky will go.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 18, 2008, 11:42:38 PM
LOL, well if editing has anything to do with it, they are setting her up for a big fail. Obviously the two remaining black team members will be above the yellow line because they always get big numbers, so I think two blue team members will fall below next week, and if it isn't Amy than I think vicky will go.
:groan: I hope so I can't stand her (:;) :lol:
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: michael on November 18, 2008, 11:57:02 PM
same...with her stupid ass smirk LOL
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: pledge on November 19, 2008, 12:08:12 AM
Can't stand it :groan: Vicky is still there (:;)
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: Jeffrey Scott on November 19, 2008, 01:31:26 AM
I so want Vicky gone. Remember back when Biggest Loser was inspiring? She's turned it into a bitter game and making it really hard to keep watching. Bob should totally understand why Amy voted the way she did last week. If she hadn't she would only have gotten as far as fifth place. Now she's got a shot of winning. Go Amy!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 19, 2008, 01:47:21 AM
I so want Vicky gone. Remember back when Biggest Loser was inspiring? She's turned it into a bitter game and making it really hard to keep watching. Bob should totally understand why Amy voted the way she did last week. If she hadn't she would only have gotten as far as fifth place. Now she's got a shot of winning. Go Amy!
Yes exactly jeffreysg
Vicky is an incredible manipulating nasty woman ie gave Phil and his wife Amy probably an awful experience on the show not what they were hoping to experience and then has the nerve to call Amy (from the purple team) a bitch multiple times
Anyways great to see you again it's been too long
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: Jeffrey Scott on November 19, 2008, 09:22:54 AM
Yes, it has been a long time. Have not had much time for computer lately. Anyway, I have never been able to figure out what is Vicky's problem. The only thing I can figure out is she's very controlling and if you don't do what she wants, she gets pissed. Heba is really no better. As soon as either of those two are gone, the show will be that much better.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: ugot2bekidinmeny on November 19, 2008, 09:28:16 AM
:knuckles: why couldn't amy c vote out vicki?? Especially after her speech at the table!! do you think Amy felt pressure from being alienated from the previous weeks choice?? i do.. she knew that colleen was NOT her biggest threat. but maybe she saw that if she did vote out vicky that heba and ed would make her week even worse than before. sometimes i feel the show should be 3 hours long so we can see more of the houseguests and thier manipulations.
Michelle and her mom have been on a steady course of 6 or more pounds per week. so it's amy c, michelle and her mom in the top runnings. I think someone will get smart and get rid of ed since he's still pulling good #'s. vicky will self destruct.
it's good to see some game play go into the show but vicky is just pure evil. LOL (:;)
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: Jeffrey Scott on November 19, 2008, 10:30:44 AM
As soon as Ed drops below the yellow line he will be gone. Yes, Amy felt the pressure. It was hard enough to do what she did last week, let alone this week. In the end, I agree, Vicky will self-destruct and one final barb towards Amy will give her the confidence to go black.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 19, 2008, 12:06:42 PM
I don’t know what Vicky’s problem is either I’m assuming this is a well behaved Vicky for tv and Brady ready to take on Phil on two instances I can think of. What a duo.
A little game play is needed but those two have taken TBL to a whole new level I’m not sure I like nor respect. Remember last season’s black team the men were huddled and crying they were bonding and became friends. They were their own support group it was inspiring for other people.
This may deter future contestants with already low self esteem or good grief is there more and TBL has turned into a different kind of reality show but on the other hand I’m tired of crying :'( stupid show :lol:
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: Jeffrey Scott on November 19, 2008, 12:12:27 PM
Personally, I think it all these 'couples' shows. Too much emotion is going in, and then adding family and friends to the mix. I want them to go back to singles, much more inspiring that way.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 19, 2008, 12:49:31 PM
Personally, I think it all these 'couples' shows. Too much emotion is going in, and then adding family and friends to the mix. I want them to go back to singles, much more inspiring that way.
Right I think you have the perfect answer, singles wow they haven’t done that in a while
I thought it was interesting reading Craig Plestis statement of “we have our oldest and youngest players ever “ It seems TBL challenges are extremely physical so I wonder how on earth the “older” contestants will manage through them when we see the young ones dropping from exhaustion
Oh well come on NBC I can’t wait for them to release more details and their schedule
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 19, 2008, 12:54:47 PM
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: Jeffrey Scott on November 19, 2008, 01:26:23 PM
Good for her! :jumpy:
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 19, 2008, 05:38:20 PM
Alison Sweeney's Blog:
let's get physical
How hilarious were those 80’s outfits???!!! Hideous, right? I mean, the teasing, the crimping, the rubber bracelets… it was all working. And I loved Bob’s step class. Jillian’s team break-dancing?? All of it was just fantastic. Ed and Bob in competing short shorts. And Jill’s leopard stretch pants were stand-outs for me. And I gotta admit – I was sent back in time getting to drive that Delorian. Because who doesn’t LOVE that movie??? A side note, is that my hair was teased so high, that I literally had to scooch low in the seat so as not to ruin my hairstyle by rubbing it against the roof of the car.
We had so much fun dressing up, and getting into the 80’s spirit. And it probably couldn’t have come at a better time. On the heels of all that drama and stress in the house, it was nice for everyone to have a break – to get their minds off of the game and the voting was a welcome relief. And even then, as you saw, emotions were still riding high. At the weigh-in you saw a lot of that. it's so hard to see them all work so hard - to see such continued success on the scale, and yet it's not enough to stay above the yellow line. it's heartbreaking.
I've watch a couple reality shows (yay, Top Chef is back!!!) and yet, i imagine no matter how many you've watched, being in one is so different. when you're in the middle of the drama, drowning in it, it must be impossible to get a full perspective on the big picture - and what the best decision is in that moment. so many factors weigh on you, that I'm sure later seem so minimal. I ran into Jackie and Dan (BL5) at Bob's birthday earlier this year. Jackie said it best - it's so easy to look back and see what would have been the smartest move, the best way to vote, things you could have done differently. But when you're in the thick of things? not always easy to see clearly.
i love coleen!!! she was so great to get to know on campus, and I was so happy to see how fantastic and happy Coleen seems. Celebrating her new life, her new body with her boyfriend and her family. And Jerry look so great too! She had such a great shopping spree at Macy’s, and all those clothes looked so good on her. Yay coleen! I’m so happy for her!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 19, 2008, 07:14:49 PM
An interview with Coleen:
Coleen Skeabeck talks about her time on 'The Biggest Loser: Families'
While many may have been surprised by the elimination of Coleen Skeabeck, a 23-year-old receptionist from Cleveland, OH, from last night's episode of NBC's The Biggest Loser: Families, don't count her as one of them.
"Walking into that elimination room I really felt kind of doomed," Skeabeck told Reality TV World in a media conference call the day after her elimination was broadcast on Tuesday night's The Biggest Loser: Families broadcast. "I felt that [Amy Cremen] was a little bit intimidated and actually bullied by her team to make a decision and I thought that when we had sat down at that table that she already had her mind made up to vote with the Blue team."
Skeabeck said she felt that that bullying continued right to the voting table, where Vicky Vilcan -- a 37-year-old anesthetist from Houma, LA and the other contestant below the yellow line with Skeabeck -- used her opportunity to state why she should remain in the competition to bash Skeabeck instead.
"I just felt like [Vicky] was trying to point out every reason why I shouldn't be in the game, and that's not what we were supposed to be doing," Skeabeck told Reality TV World. "We were sitting there to defend ourselves and plead our case [as to] why they should keep us. I said why I felt they should keep me, and then I thought that when it was her turn she had said why everyone should get rid of me instead of keeping her. It just made no sense to me why she was saying that.
However, while not happy with her answer at the elimination, Skeabeck wasn't critical of the strategies Vilcan used at other points in the show, instead telling reporters that the women had simply approached The Biggest Loser with different gameplans.
"She know's how to play the game, and you know what? Kudos to her," Skeabeck told reporters. "On the other hand, as much of a fan of the show [that] I am, I am not a gameplayer. I do not know how to play the game to my advantage like that and honestly i didn't even care... I just really truly wanted to get this weight off because it's been such a burden on me for my entire life."
"I can say that as the person that am I don't focus on a person's negative qualities," she added later. "Vicky has so many wonderful qualities that people are missing out on."
Skeabeck also said that, as she had been promised at her final weigh-in, she has remained in close contact with trainer Jillian Micheals since her departure from the show.
"I am still in touch with Jillian," Skeabeck said. "We exchange e-mails weekly, if not daily. She's behind me 100% and she has told me from Day 1 that she's believed in me to make some changes I needed to make."
"It's a very difficult, uphill battle losing weight, but without Jillian's support I don't know how I could've done it," she added.
Skeabeck also addressed some of the misconceptions she had realized while competing on the show after watching it on TV for so many years as a fan.
"A misconception by many is how hard it really is," Skeabeck told reporters. "You sit at home and you watch the contestants work out in the gym and in a two-hour show you don't see very much of the gym scenes. We would be there for hours and hours."
"When we walk back to the house, we don't even know how we're getting there because we're so sore," she added.
Skeabeck also went into details about how significant an accomplishment her ability to fit into the medium-sized "goal closet" tank top she had tried on during Tuesday night's broadcast had been.
"I was showing two of my friends this top that I bought that I hoped to fit into one day," she told Reality TV World. "I got it [over] of my head and got one arm in and that's as far as it would go. I couldn't even force my other arm into the other arm hole, that's how small it was on me!"
"Putting that top on [during Tuesday's show] I was like "Oh my God, I'm doing this! Things I never thought I could do.' I'm wearing a medium top! I had worn 2XL and 3XL before so I just felt so amazing and I just felt like I was shining right through."
While Skeabeck's picks for her favorites to win weren't necessarily surprising given her alliance to the Black team, she told reporters that she had not based her favorites on what team they had been on.
"I'm really pulling for [Michelle Aguilar] or [Renee Wilson], not because it's a Black team thing, but they're just amazing women and I had the opportunity to get so close to them," she told reporters. "They're fighters and they're not gonna give up."
As for her own chances, Skeabeck said that she knew she had lost over 50 lbs. since the last time she weighed herself and was somewhat optimistic regarding her chances to win the at-home prize for The Biggest Loser. However, she insisted that she was not focusing on winning any prize.
"You know, there's a great big chance that I can [win], so what I'm gonna do is just work every minute that I have until the finale. And what comes at the finale is the final product," Skeabeck told reporters. "The prizes mean nothing to me really, what I care about at that finale is standing on that stage and feeling like a superstar."
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 20, 2008, 03:14:07 PM
An interview with Coleen:
Biggest Loser: 50 Lbs. Lighter, Coleen Reveals Turkey Day Tips
She lost her dad and teammate in the first week’s individual elimination, but she persevered on her own for many weeks after. But on Tuesday’s Biggest Loser: Families, Coleen Skeabeck, whose dimpled smile and positive attitude made her one of the most popular members of the house, was eliminated. The 23-year-old from Cleveland, Ohio, who managed to stay far away from the hostilities in the house between Vicky, Heba and Phil, talked to PEOPLE about her tips for staying on-plan at home — including her Thanksgiving Day trick! — and reveals that she’s lost over 50 lbs. since joining the show.
You said you were on the Biggest Loser ranch to change your life, while Vicky was there to win the cash prize. Do you think that’s true for her? Vicky definitely knew the game better than anyone this entire season. She’s one of the biggest fans of the show. She knows how to play the game. Kudos to her [for that]. On the other hand, I’m not a game player. I did not know how to play the game to my advantage. I didn’t care about playing the game. I really and truly wanted to get this weight off because it’s been a burden on me my whole life. I just feel blessed to have been given the chance to go through the process.
What are you doing at home to keep moving forward with what you learned at the ranch? I am working with a personal trainer. I joined two gyms — one is open 24 hours a day. The gym is a 45-minute walk down the road for me. I’ve been [doing] as much cardio as I can. That’s really it. I’ve just been focusing on the finale, and I just want to stand on that stage and [have] my moment to shine.
During your emotional exchange with Jillian during the weigh-in, you both promised you’d stay in touch. Do you lean on her now for support? I am still in touch with Jillian. We exchange emails weekly if not daily. She’s behind me 100 percent. She told me from day one she believed in me to make the change I need to make. Without her support I don’t know how I could have done it.
Thanksgiving is coming up. What will you do differently this year? I was considering hiding! This Thanksgiving I am excited to say my sister, a bunch of my friends and my dad are all getting together Thanksgiving morning and running the Turkey Trot, the annual race here in Cleveland. I’m looking forward to it. When it comes to the food, because it’s so close to the finale, I’m not going to be coming to eat when everyone else is eating dinner. I’ll be coming a little bit later, and I’ll be eating at home. I am reserving calories for my boyfriend’s grandma’s pumpkin pie. It’s calories in, calories out. As long as I burn it off, [it's okay]. And I’ve been going to the gym. I deserve a piece of pumpkin pie!
You were concerned about continuing your weight loss when you left the ranch. How have you handled being back at home? When I arrived home I was terrified. I just cleared my head and said, “You worked so hard to get where you are.” I took a moment to think about what I had to do each day to keep the weight off and to keep losing it. To me motivation is a huge problem. I tell myself, “This is how you live — and how you live happy.”
Are you avoiding all temptation? I have a very big weak spot for Reece’s Peanut Butter Cups, so I’ll allow myself to have that if I want it. Jillian taught me that you don’t have to completely give it up. You do have to factor it into your calories for the day. You don’t want to completely cut yourself out from it. To avoid temptation when I’m out with my friends, I realize it’s not worth the wasted calories for me. If I do [give in], I have to make adjustments for the next day and burn them off.
What’s the biggest change in our routine now compared to before you went on the BL? I actually wake up, have my breakfast and I get moving. Before the ranch, I would get up whenever, lounge around the apartment all day long and not really be active. The biggest change for me is I’m very active, very much on the go and [doing] things with people.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 20, 2008, 04:19:30 PM
November 20, 2008
NFL SUPER BOWL MVPS STEVE YOUNG AND JERRY RICE – AND CELEBRITY CHEF ROCCO DISPIRITO – GUEST STAR ON A SPECIAL THANKSGIVING EPISODE OF NBC'S 'THE BIGGEST LOSER: FAMILIES' ON TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 25 (8-10 P.M. ET)
NBC Press Release
It's Thanksgiving week at the "Biggest Loser" ranch, and contestants will be celebrating with turkey, football and special guests Steve Young, Jerry Rice and Rocco DiSpirito on Tuesday, November 25 (8-10 p.m. ET).
It's down to the final six contestants – trainer Jillian Michaels' last two black team members, mother and daughter Renee and Michelle; and trainer Bob Harper's four blue team members, Amy, Vicky and husband-and-wife Ed and Heba.
No Thanksgiving celebration would be complete without football, so NFL superstars Steve Young and Jerry Rice stop by to put the contestants through some fast-paced NFL-style drills. Then it's off to a football challenge that will give the lucky winner a trip for four to Hawaii!
Later, celebrity chef Rocco DiSpirito makes a return appearance to the ranch, showing contestants how to prepare a tasty and healthy Thanksgiving dinner with far fewer calories than the traditional turkey day feast. And since nothing says Thanksgiving better than family, the contestants will be surprised with home videos from their loved ones.
At the weigh-in, one family fights to stay together and remain in the game for another week. Then after another contestant is sent home, host Alison Sweeney surprises the remaining players with big news.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 20, 2008, 04:34:53 PM
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 21, 2008, 02:49:49 PM
An interview with Coleen:
"The prizes mean nothing to me"
You were one of the favorites. Do you think you'll win the At Home prize? Coleen: You know what? There is a great big chance that I can. I'm going to just work every minute that I have until the finale. And what comes at the finale is the final product. But you know what? The prizes mean nothing to me really. What I care about in the finale is standing on that stage and feeling like a superstar.
Whereas your chief competitor, Vicky, seemed to be in it for the prizes. Coleen: Vicky definitely knew the game better than anyone this entire season. She is one of the biggest fans of the show. She watches Biggest Loser Australia! I, on the other hand, as much a fan of the show I am, am not a game player. And honestly, I didn't even care about playing the game. I just really, truly wanted to get this weight off because it's been just such a burden on me my whole life. And the most important thing was to get healthy.
How is your dad and partner, Jerry, doing? Coleen: My dad is a superstar. He is amazing - he really is truly changed. We're definitely keeping each other motivated. We'll meet up at the gym and work out and, you know, just kind of make sure we'll both still going good, and give each other a sanity check once in a while. And my dad is probably my biggest fan. So it's really great that he's gone through this process with me.
Yet you're kind of competing against him for the final prize. Coleen: Well, no I wouldn't say so. I would say more like making sure we're both just working really hard towards the finale. The prize was never something we cared about. I mean it's definitely an incentive, but I told him if he wins the $100,000 that he owes me $90,000 of it. And he goes, "Really, why?" And I said "Hello, I stood in the line for the open casting call!" I told him he should at least take me to a nice dinner or get me a nice pair of earrings.
As a fan, what was the biggest misconception that you had about the show? Coleen: How hard it really is. You sit at home and watch the contestants work out in the gym and in a two-hour show you see, not very much of the gym scenes. We were in there for hours and hours. And another thing is - that you can't get as a viewer is how painful the workouts are and how, when we're walking back to the house, we don't even know how we're getting there because we're so sore.
On the show you talked about the joy of being able to buy clothes off the rack. Have you been buying a lot of clothes, even though you're still losing weight? Coleen: Well I was at Macy's for my follow-up shoot and I did get some clothes while I was there. I got enough to last me for this size that I'm in now. And after that, I'm going to be donating those to friends. But I'm looking forward to trying on smaller sizes soon. I'm getting a whole new wardrobe. My boyfriend is not going to like that because I'm just going to be shopping nonstop! But hey, it's something I've never been able to do before. And it feels pretty amazing to go to a rack and pick up a size medium or a size small and be like, "This fits me."
Your boyfriend must be happy with the results of all that shopping. Coleen: He loves the results. He couldn't believe me in a dress. I think the only dress I had on around him was a bridesmaid dress two years ago, and that was a size 24 dress. And the dress I was wearing when I saw him again was a size 10, so he was pretty shocked.
Are wedding bells in your future? Coleen: Wedding bells are definitely in the future. We're kind of just taking it one day at a time. But I'm happy to say that we've been together for over five years and he's really an important part of my life and he's helping me go through this process. He's getting healthy with me and everything.
How much weight have you lost as of now? Coleen: I honestly haven't weighed myself in about two weeks, so can I just say I'm over 50 pounds down?
How will you handle Thanksgiving? Coleen: I was considering hiding! Actually, this Thanksgiving I'm very excited to say that my sister, my dad, a bunch of my friends are all getting together Thanksgiving morning and we're running what's called the Turkey Trot which is an annual race here in Cleveland. Not only is it my dad's first race, but it's my first race since I was in middle school. And when it comes to the food, because it's so close to the finale, I'm going to be not coming to eat when everyone else is eating dinner. I am reserving calories, though, for a piece of my boyfriend's grandma's pumpkin pie. There's no way I'm missing out on that! And you know what, it's calories in, calories out, so as long as I burn it off, right? I've definitely been to the gym so I think that I deserve a piece of pumpkin pie.
"The prizes mean nothing to me" I'm going to just work every minute that I have until the finale. And what comes at the finale is the final product. But you know what? The prizes mean nothing to me really. What I care about in the finale is standing on that stage and feeling like a superstar.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 21, 2008, 06:36:13 PM
Biggest Loser 6 - Bob & Jillian Bloopers
You all asked us for it, so here it is!
Bloopers from this season's Biggest Loser staring your favorite trainers Bob & Jillian!
Tune in Tuesday's as The Biggest Loser gets ready to crown a new winner!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 21, 2008, 11:08:53 PM
An interview with Coleen:
The Biggest Loser Roundup: Coleen "Felt Doomed"
Coleen Skeabeck is the latest victim of game play on The Biggest Loser. Coleen was sent home after a tense week on the ranch, where the house was split between those who wanted to lose weight and those who wanted to win the money. But, Coleen feels grateful that she lost fifty pounds and got to re-join her father and teammate, Jerry, in her continued weight loss. Fancast got the chance to chat with Coleen about Vicky, temptation, and motivation.
Did you have a feeling you were going home? Walking into that elimination room, I really felt kind of doomed. I felt that Amy was a little bit intimidated and passively bullied by her team to make a decision. And I felt like when we sat down at that table, that she had already had her mind made up to vote with the Blue Team.
So are you holding out hope that you’ll take home the At Home prize? There is a great big chance that I can. I’m going to just work every minute that I have until the finale. And what comes at the finale is the final product. But you know what? That’s not the final product for life and the prizes mean nothing to me really. What I care about in the finale is standing on that stage and feeling like a superstar.
Do you think Vicky is only there for the prize? I think that for Vicky, she definitely knew the game better than anyone this entire season. She is one of the biggest fans of the show. She watches Biggest Loser Australia. She knows how to play the game and kudos to her for knowing how to play the game so well. As much a fan of the show I am, I am not a game player. I did not know how to play the game to my advantage like that. And honestly, I didn’t even care about playing the game. I just really, truly wanted to get this weight off because it’s been just such a burden on me my whole life. And the most important thing was to get healthy. And although I am not the biggest loser, I just feel blessed to be given the chance to be able to go through the process of The Biggest Loser.
How do you stay in touch with Jillian? We exchange emails weekly, if not daily. She’s behind me 100%. And she’s told me from day one that she has believed in me to make the change that I need to make. And without her support, it would be such a difficult, uphill battle losing weight. But without Jillian’s support I don’t know how I could’ve done it. And she’s definitely been supporting me from home. She just sent me her book, Making the Cut, and I was really excited to get that in the mail.
How’s Jerry? My dad is a superstar. He is amazing, like he really is truly changed. He is not the same person you guys saw week one on the ranch. We’re definitely keeping each other motivated. I live about ten minutes from my dad and I like to drive over there. We go to the same gym. And we’ll meet up at the gym and work out and give each other a sanity check once in a while. And my dad is probably my biggest fan. So it’s really great that he’s gone through this process with me.
Do you have any advice for people who are trying to lose weight who have to face Thanksgiving dinner? This Thanksgiving I was considering hiding. Actually, this Thanksgiving I’m very excited to say that my sister, my dad, a bunch of my friends are all getting together Thanksgiving morning and we’re running what’s called the Turkey Trot, which is an annual race here in Cleveland. I’m really excited because not only is it my dad’s first race, but it’s my first race since I was in middle school. And I’m looking forward to that. And when it comes to the food, because it’s so close to the finale I’m going to be kind of not coming to eat when everyone else is eating dinner. I’m going to be coming a little bit later and I’m probably just going to eat at home this year. I am reserving calories, though, for a piece of my boyfriend’s grandma’s pumpkin pie. There’s no way I’m missing out on that. And you know what, it’s calories in, calories out so as long as I burn it off, right?
How did you transition from the ranch to home? I was fearful of what it would be like when I got home after my elimination and would I be able to keep up with it. I just kind of cleared my head and I said you know what, you worked so hard to get where you are. You’ve lost over 50 pounds. You can do this. And for me, motivation is a huge problem. Like I always find myself like oh, I don’t want to go to the gym today. I don’t want to do this. I don’t want to do that. Why do I have to eat healthy? But for me, I tell myself this is how you live happy. When it comes to avoiding temptation, I have a very big weak spot for Reese’s Peanut Butter Cups, and I will allow myself to have that treat if I want it. I’m not going to completely give it up. Jillian taught me that you don’t have to completely give it up. It’s not worth the calories if I really don’t want it that bad. But if I do, I kind of just make adjustments for the next day and make sure I burn them off.
How did it feel to fit into your goal closet item? Oh my gosh, I bought that right before I went out to the ranch. It’s a size medium tank top. And when I was leaving for the show I was showing two of my friends this top that I bought that I hoped to fit into someday. I got it over my head and got one arm in, and that’s as far as it would go. I couldn’t even force my other arm through the armhole, that’s how small it was on me. Putting that top on, I was like oh my god, I’m doing this. I’m doing this. Things I never thought I could do, I’m wearing a medium top. And I had worn 2X and 3X before, so I just felt so like amazing and I just felt like I was shining right through.
How did you feel when Ed came back? Not that I don’t love Ed because he is a hilarious man and he can always make me laugh, at a competition standpoint it was truly the worst thing for me. I was already becoming a smaller girl at that point and losing weight doesn’t come off as easy when you get smaller. Burning calories becomes harder. And for him with so much weight to lose, it was the worst case scenario.
Are there any wedding bells in your future? Wedding bells are definitely in the future. We’re kind of just taking it one day at a time. But I’m happy to say that we’ve been together for over five years and he’s really an important part of my life and he’s helping me go through this process. My boyfriend is getting healthy with me and everything, but we’re just kind of taking it one day at a time.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 22, 2008, 12:13:11 PM
An interview with Coleen:
Exclusive Interview: Coleen Skeabeck of 'The Biggest Loser'
On last night's episode of The Biggest Loser, Coleen Skeabeck was eliminated from the competition. It was a week full of ups and downs for Coleen - things got started with a competition involving 80s trivia except that in the 1980s, she was only in kindergarten! Back at the house, she reached a milestone when she realized that she was able to fit into her goal shirt. Then, at the weigh-in, she and Vicky fell below the yellow line. Despite the fact that Vicky has been viewed as this season's villain, her alliance pulled in enough votes to keep her in the competition and instead, sent Coleen home. Today, she spoke to BuddyTV in an exclusive interview.
Coleen had to go through much of her experience on The Biggest Loser without her father, Jerry. After their yellow team fell below the yellow line, they had to choose one team member to send home and Jerry decided to leave so that Coleen could stay. "Although my Dad wasn't able to compete alongside me for the 9 weeks I was there, I made a lot of changes in my life," she told BuddyTV today. "I changed my entire thought process of weigh loss and being healthy. I learned to believe in myself and that I am important. I am so lucky to have been a part of this process."
She leaves the show having formed close friendships with her fellow contestants, especially Michelle and Renee. Though she may not be close with Vicky, who Bob called the biggest gameplayer to ever be on The Biggest Loser, she refused to say one negative word about her. "Vicky is a smart woman. She came into this game with a plan and it's what works for her week by week," she said. "My opinion of her tactics is that she's doing what she needs to do to play the game. I do wish people would stop focusing on the negativity surrounding Vicky and move onto focusing on other aspects of the show!"
Now that she's been eliminated, Coleen spends her time focusing on the finale, where the player who lost the most at home will walk away with $100,000. "I keep in touch with the at home contestants and we all help each other stay motivated for the finale," she told BuddyTV. "I'm just being a slave to the gym and making sure I'm getting all my 'homework' done!" Since leave the show, Coleen says that she has learned a lot about herself. The biggest lesson, she said, was: "that if you believe in yourself you are capable of achieving anything."
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 25, 2008, 12:17:01 PM
TYRA BANKS AND "PROJECT RUNWAY" WINNER CHRISTIAN SIRIANO GUEST STAR ON POPULAR MAKEOVER EPISODE OF NBC'S "THE BIGGEST LOSER: FAMILIES" ON TUESDAY, DECEMBER 2 (8-10 P.M. ET)
Published: November 25, 2008
NBC Press Release
Plus, Contestants Are Surprised By Loved Ones in Heartwarming Reunions!
It's one of the most eagerly-anticipated events of every "Biggest Loser" season – the makeover episode! And this season, Tyra Banks and "Project Runway" winner Christian Siriano will be on hand to help reveal the amazing transformations on NBC's "The Biggest Loser: Families" airing Tuesday, December 2 (8-10 p.m. ET).
First, the remaining five contestants are whisked away to New York City for incredible makeovers that will show how far they've really come in their weight-loss journeys. After getting new hairstyles at a top salon, the contestants are off to Macy's, where "Project Runway" winner Christian Siriano helps them pick out new outfits to show off their skinnier new figures. Then they head to the "Tyra Banks Show," where Tabatha (Bravo's "Tabatha's Salon Takeover") works her magic to help complete their transformations. Finally, the made-over contestants are revealed on the "Tyra Banks Show," unaware that their loved ones are waiting to surprise them once they walk out on the stage!
After emotional reunions with family members, the contestants get to enjoy a day in New York with their loved ones before heading back to the "Biggest Loser" ranch. There, host Alison Sweeney introduces them to their next challenge, where they'll have to wedge themselves inside glass cubes hanging 15 feet above the water for as long as they can without falling. It's a wild competition that becomes a huge victory for one player struggling to over come her fears. Then it's time for the weigh-in, and a tough elimination round that will send another player home.
A special "Biggest Loser" episode of the "Tyra Banks Show," featuring additional footage from the contestant makeovers, will air Wednesday, December 3 (check local listings for air time).
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 25, 2008, 03:04:25 PM
:jumpy: We got a date .... January 6, 2009
NBC announces January schedule
'Friday Night Lights' returns to network
NBC has lined up its January sked, adding three new reality skeins, plus the return of critic fave "Friday Night Lights." Peacock hasn't yet determined its long-term midseason sked, however, holding off on scheduling new shows such as "Kings." Off the lineup: "My Own Worst Enemy," "Lipstick Jungle" and "Crusoe," all as expected.
Net is also giving "Life," "Chuck" and "Heroes" the month off; shows are slated to return in February.
In the meantime, January lineup includes a month-long run for international dance competish "Superstars of Dance," which will bow Sunday, Jan. 4 with a two-hour preem, before settling into its regular Monday 8 p.m. to 10 p.m. slot on Jan. 5.
"Dance" will continue throughout the month, before broadcasting its finale on Jan. 26.
Also on the night, the long-delayed and much-rescheduled Ryan Seacrest/Glassman Media reality skein "Momma's Boys" airs at 10 p.m.
Meanwhile, Fridays will include the Howie Mandel reality skein "Howie Do It," which airs at 8 p.m. starting Jan. 9. "Howie Do It" is replacing the Mandel-hosted gamer "Deal or No Deal," which goes on hiatus. In effect, NBC has Howie replacing Howie on the night.
Also, "Friday Night Lights" episodes, which originally bowed on DirecTV in the fall, now move to the Peacock (as planned), starting Jan. 16 at 9 p.m.
On Sundays, NBC will replace "Sunday Night Football" with a flurry of specials, including the Golden Globe Awards (Jan. 11), "Saturday Night Live Film Festival" (Jan. 18), the mini "The Last Templar" (airing Jan. 25 and Jan. 26) and the Super Bowl XLII (Feb. 1).
NBC will air "Law & Order: SVU" repeats on Wednesdays at 9 p.m. opposite tough "American Idol" competish, giving "Life" a break. ("Knight Rider" and "Law & Order" continue on the night.) Tuesdays continue with a new edition of "The Biggest Loser: Couples" and "Law & Order: SVU," although "SVU" will be pre-empted on Jan. 20 for a "Dateline NBC" inauguration special.
The schedule, according to NBC (all times ET):
MONDAYS (beginning January 5)
8-10 p.m. -- "SUPERSTARS OF DANCE"; premieres Sunday, January 4 (9-11 p.m.); season finale Monday, January 26 (8-9 p.m.)
9-10 p.m. - "Law & Order: Special Victims Unit" encores ("Life" returns in February)
10-11 p.m. -- "Law & Order"
THURSDAYS (beginning January 8 )
8-8:30 p.m. - "My Name Is Earl"
8:30-9 p.m. -- "Kath & Kim"
9:00-9:31 p.m. -- "The Office"
9:31-10 p.m. -- "30 Rock"
10-11 p.m. - "ER"
FRIDAYS
8-9 p.m. -- "HOWIE DO IT" (series premiere January 9)
9-10 p.m. - "Friday Night Lights" (beginning January 16)
10-11 p.m. -- "Dateline NBC" (beginning December 5)
SATURDAYS (beginning January 10)
8-11 - "Law & Order" and "Law & Order: Special Victims Unit" encores
SUNDAYS (January 4)
7-9 p.m. - "Saturday Night Live Sports Extra"
9-11 p.m. - "SUPERSTARS OF DANCE" (premiere)
"Sunday -- Event Specials"
8-11 p.m. - "THE GOLDEN GLOBE AWARDS" (January 11)
9-11 p.m. - "SATURDAY NIGHT LIVE FILM FESTIVAL" (January 18)
9-11 p.m. -- THE LAST TEMPLAR -- (January 25 and Monday, January 26)
6:15-10 p.m. -- SUPER BOWL XLIII (February 1)
*Article from Variety
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 25, 2008, 03:12:08 PM
NBC ANNOUNCES SCHEDULE FOR JANUARY 2009 WITH PREMIERES OF NEW SERIES, ORIGINAL MOVIE EVENT, RETURN OF SERIES FAVORITES
Published: November 25, 2008
NBC Press Release
NBC ANNOUNCES SCHEDULE FOR JANUARY 2009 WITH PREMIERES OF NEW SERIES, ORIGINAL MOVIE EVENT, RETURN OF SERIES FAVORITES
Lineup Features Premieres of "Superstars of Dance" on January 4, "Howie Do It" (January 9) and "The Biggest Loser: Couples" (January 6); "Friday Night Lights" Returns for NBC Season Premiere (January 16)
NBC Offers Original Movie Event "The Last Templar" on January 25-26
UNIVERSAL CITY, Calif. - November 25, 2008 - NBC announced today the January 2009 schedule that features the series premieres of "Superstars of Dance" (debuting January 4) and "Howie Do It" (January 9), the returns of "The Biggest Loser: Couples" (January 6) and "Friday Night Lights" (January 16).
Likewise, NBC will broadcast the original movie event "The Last Templar" Sunday and Monday, January 25-26, 9-11 p.m. ET both nights).
NBC also showcases the new specials "Saturday Night Live Sports Extra" on Sunday, January 4 (7-9 p.m. ET) and "Saturday Night Live Film Festival" on Sunday, January 18 (9-11 p.m. ET). "Dateline NBC" also will broadcast a Presidential Inauguration Day Special on Tuesday, January 20 (10-11 p.m. ET).
Among the new night-by-night lineup changes are:
The two-hour premiere of "Superstars of Dance" - from the producers of "So You Think You Can Dance?" -- will be broadcast on Sunday, January 4 (9-11 p.m. ET) before the series resumes in its regular day and time on Monday, January 5 through January 19 (8-10 p.m. ET). The new competition series -- showcasing the world's best and most varied dancers -- will be followed on Mondays by "Momma's Boys" (10-11 p.m. ET), the new alternative series from executive producer Ryan Seacrest.
The season finale of "Superstars of Dance" will wrap on Monday, January 26 (8-9 p.m. ET).
On Tuesdays -- from January 6 -- NBC will telecast "The Biggest Loser: Couples" (8-10 p.m. ET) followed by "Law & Order: Special Victims Unit" (10-11 p.m. ET).
Fridays will see the debut of "Howie Do It" -- starring Howie Mandel of NBC's "Deal or No Deal" (8-9 p.m. ET) -- beginning January 9.
The critically acclaimed "Friday Night Lights" will then return to NBC's Friday-night lineup on January 16 (9-10 p.m. ET).
The new January program schedule grid follows (all times ET); new series are capitalized:
MONDAYS (beginning January 5)
8-10 p.m. -- "SUPERSTARS OF DANCE"; premieres Sunday, January 4 (9-11 p.m.); season finale Monday, January 26 (8-9 p.m.)
9-10 p.m. - "Law & Order: Special Victims Unit" encores ("Life" returns in February)
10-11 p.m. -- "Law & Order"
THURSDAYS (beginning January 8 )
8-8:30 p.m. - "My Name Is Earl"
8:30-9 p.m. -- "Kath & Kim"
9:00-9:31 p.m. -- "The Office"
9:31-10 p.m. -- "30 Rock"
10-11 p.m. - "ER"
FRIDAYS
8-9 p.m. -- "HOWIE DO IT" (series premiere January 9)
9-10 p.m. - "Friday Night Lights" (beginning January 16)
10-11 p.m. -- "Dateline NBC" (beginning December 5)
SATURDAYS (beginning January 10)
8-11 - "Law & Order" and "Law & Order: Special Victims Unit" encores
SUNDAYS (January 4)
7-9 p.m. - "Saturday Night Live Sports Extra"
9-11 p.m. - "SUPERSTARS OF DANCE" (premiere)
"Sunday -- Event Specials"
8-11 p.m. - "THE GOLDEN GLOBE AWARDS" (January 11)
9-11 p.m. - "SATURDAY NIGHT LIVE FILM FESTIVAL" (January 18)
9-11 p.m. -- THE LAST TEMPLAR -- (January 25 and Monday, January 26)
6:15-10 p.m. -- SUPER BOWL XLIII (February 1)
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 25, 2008, 11:25:35 PM
:groan: Oh Amy :'(
If Michelle or Renee get voted out next I wont watch (:;)
Love Jillian :hearts:
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: pledge on November 26, 2008, 12:10:17 AM
UGH UGH :groan:
Amy :'( Should have voted out Vicky last week
Go Michelle and Renee :hearts:
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on November 26, 2008, 01:51:12 PM
Alison Sweeney's Blog:
Thanksgiving
Meeting Jerry Rice and Steve Young was so cool. They are both really nice guys, and so enthusiastic about being part of the show. Steve introduced me to his wife, and she is a really big fan of BL. Steve said when he mentioned to her the opportunity to appear on BL she immediately demanded he do it! It was really cute.
But of course, being from LA I don’t know a lot about the NFL. So, before I met them, I was texting and IMing with Kyle Brandt (former Philip) and Bryan Dattilo (Lucas) about Jerry and Steve. I asked them all sorts of questions, and got tons of info about their careers. They both helped me out, and of course, couldn’t believe I was going to be meeting them. Better than that – I brought Ben with me that day. We were shooting that challenge on a Saturday, so Ben came to enjoy the afternoon on that beautiful campus with me.
And Steve Young taught him to throw a football!!!! How cool is that? Someday, I bet he’s going to love that story. I got a couple cool shots of them in action too. But all in all, it was a pretty spectacular day.
The saga continues with the all the drama in the house. Vicky pulled the same strategy twice and won both the football drill prize with Steve and Jerry, and the NFL challenge, so she and Brady are going to the Hawaii in style to see the ProBowl. Pretty awesome prize, and I’m glad they really love football, that’ll be so cool for them.
There were some pretty incredible numbers on the scale this week. I mean, shocking. Amy has done so well all season, not only does she look great, she was the ‘biggest loser’ in the house so far. And to lose 5lbs and still fall below… that’s a tough blow. Also, because looking back on the first few seasons, how hard it was for the girls to lose weight… but now, how everyone has been hitting pretty impressive numbers, pretty consistently, it really is amazing. But obviously it was not the outcome Amy was hoping for… I’m sure she was hoping/expecting to not fall below, as she’d been so consistent throughout, so she wouldn’t be relying on Vicky’s vote.
But that’s the thing about reality tv. You can’t change the outcome. As Phil (Season 4 Phil) always used to say on the scale “it is what it is”. And believe me… there are times when you’re watching things happen, and you just know what the outcome SHOULD be, and then it doesn’t go that way and there’s nothing you can do. I’m so happy to see how fantastic Amy looks now. And how cute was her dad? I love Shellay too. They are cute mother/daughter duo. And I can’t wait to see them at the finale. Can you believe the finale is COMING UP!!!! Dec 16th. It’s going to be amazing to see how everyone looks, the changes they’ve made in their lives. Keep watching!
I hope everyone has an awesome Thanksgiving!!! gobble, gobble Ali
p.s. for those Days fans – I TOLD YOU I was going through a pickle obsession phase in my pregnancy!! Yes, that was the one and only time I actually drank the pickle juice. But man, it was worth it. (if you’re reading this thinking what the hell is she talking about, see back to my blog about pickles.)
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 01, 2008, 03:03:39 PM
:jumpy: An update from Amy on her myspace:
Biggest Loser Amy C. says SET YOUR DVR's FOR TUESDAY MORNING @8AM...I AM GOING TO BE ON THE TODAY SHOW ON NBC!!!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 01, 2008, 07:02:25 PM
An interview with Amy:
Amy Cremen talks about her time on 'The Biggest Loser: Families'
It may have seemed that Amy Cremen, a 26-year-old purchasing department representative from Auburn Hills, MI, wasn't aware of the potential consequences when she voted to send former Blue team teammate Brady Vilcan home during The Biggest Loser: Families' ninth week elimination.
However, that wasn't the case, according to Cremen, who says she had not only had thought out her surprising vote, but also had anticipated the negative reaction from Brady's wife Vicky Vilcan, a 37-year-old anesthetist from Houma, LA.
"I knew that she would be very, very upset with me, but I had to take that risk," Cremen told Reality TV World in a media conference call the day after her The Biggest Loser: Families elimination aired on Tuesday night's broadcast. "I knew that I probably would never get that chance again, and probably the next week he would lose a ton of weight. I just had to do it. And I had to think 'well the consequences might be great, but I just have to go with it.'"
However, one week later -- and by then quite aware of Vilcan's animosity towards her -- Cremen didn't take advantage of a similar opportunity to oust Vilcan with her deciding vote, choosing instead to eliminate former Black team member Coleen Skeabeck -- a 23-year-old receptionist from Cleveland, OH who had been one of Cremen's closest friends on the ranch. While regretful of her decision to vote for Skeabeck over Vilcan, Cremen told Reality TV World that her vote had come after a complicated week in which she had been courted by both the Blue and Black teams.
"I was just being pulled in the different directions," Cremen told Reality TV World. "I wanted to stay true to the people I worked out with and my trainer [Bob Harper]. Then I had the Black team who I knew were going to support me. It's just, you don't know unless you're there, it’s just a really different, weird situation."
"If I could do it again I probably would do it a little different," she continued. "But... what’s done is done and I'm just ready to get healthy and live the rest of my life."
Cremen also noted that some of her struggle between voting with her teammates and her friends had been born out of Harper's mantra that the Blue team had to stick together and never vote against each other, even after the teams had officially been dissolved.
"[Harper's team attitude] did have a little bit to do with it, and at the time I just thought it was the best idea to do it that way," she told reporters. "I could see that aspect, and I was just kind of blinded by the whole, you know, team mantra. And so that’s what happened."
Cremen's vote to keep Vilcan on the ranch proved to be a costly one, as Vilcan put aside team loyalties to cast the deciding vote to send Cremen home the following week. Cremen told Reality TV World that aside from the animosity between the two that remained even after the two had attempted to make up (Cremen said that she sensed Vilcan was still "standoffish" towards her and said that she "didn't trust [Vilcan] either"), she felt that Vilcan's vote for her was simply the result of a bad situation.
" was 'The Biggest Loser' in the house so I think she made a very smart move by taking me out, obviously, for her - if she wants to win this game. But we had spoken about it earlier. You know, we had made up. We had apologized to each other and whatnot," Cremen told Reality TV World. "Worst case scenario was that two of the Blue team members would fall below the yellow line and it happened... And [Heba Salama] and Vicky had been close since the beginning. So before we even went into the elimination room I knew I was going home."
Cremen was vague as to whether she liked or disliked the show's recent decision to remove the hour of deliberation time for the show's contestants and head straight to the elimination room. While she admitted having some additional time to contemplate her vote may have helped her avoid making some mistakes, she added that the change could have also led to her being swayed down the wrong paths to vote in ways she didn't want to.
"I think it was a positive change when I voted out Brady, so that nobody could sway the vote either way because at the very last minute I was like 'You know what, I'm not changing. This is what I want to do. I know it’s the right thing. I've got to do it," Cremen told reporters. "And then of course I get pulled in these different directions the next week. I want to stay loyal ... with people I was working out with. And then here’s the Black team who I [would care] for the [deepest]. I think that if we would've had time to deliberate, Coleen could've knocked some sense into me."
"Coleen and I, honestly were the best of friends. She has no grudges against me, [but] if it would've been done differently it would've been a better outcome," she added.
Now at home from the ranch and 100 lbs. lighter since she first stepped foot on The Biggest Loser: Families ranch, Cremen told reporters that in addition to keeping up her workout habits at home, she has also completely changed her diet. According to Cremen, not only has she committed to staying away from fast food, but she's also cut meat out of her diet and become a vegetarian.
"I've really disciplined myself with that. I'm just eating tofu and a lot of beans, and salad. It’s not hard for me at all," Cremen told reporters."And I'm going to continue. Like, I don't want to eat meat for the rest of my life."
However, she made sure to note that even couldn't bring herself to go all out and become a complete vegan.
"I really like sushi too much." Cremen told reporters. "I would die. I don't think that'll ever taste bad to me."
Cremen also told reporters that while she plans to adhere to her diet during the holidays, she won't completely cut out the holiday treats she loves.
"If I want to have that piece of toffee at Christmas, I'm going to have it, but I know that I'm going to have to work out in order to maintain my goal weight and to keep that weight off," Cremen told reporters. "I mean you can have whatever you want. Just don't have ten pieces of cake or ten things of toffee. Just have it in moderation and then work out and count the calories. Don't eat 10,000 calories for Christmas. You really can."
In anticipation of The Biggest Loser: Families' upcoming finale in which the most successful previously eliminated contestant will take home a $100,000 consolation prize, Cremen told reporters that she and her mother, fellow eliminated contestant Shellay Cremen, 51-year-old stay-at-home mom from Royal Oak, MI, had been competing against each other somewhat as they attempted to drop the most weight. However, she added that they had worked out a deal in advance to make sure the competition didn't get too intense.
"We're both competing for the $100,000. But we had made a pact at the beginning before we even went to California for the show that if we had won anything we would split it 50/50," Cremen told reporters.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 02, 2008, 12:45:58 PM
An interview with Amy:
Biggest Loser's Amy: "I’m Just Ready To Get Healthy"
Amy Cremen was well on her way to winning The Biggest Loser. Week after week, she consistently lost big numbers and held the title of the ranch's biggest loser. But, unfortunately for Amy, she was caught in the middle of a battle royale of gameplay—thanks to her "devoted" teammates. In the end, Amy joined her mom Shellay to vie for the at-home prize. Now, Amy is talking out about all that drama, including her thoughts on Vicky and Brady, and why she's become a vegetarian.
Do you regret voting Coleen out last week? You know, I had people pulling me in different directions that week and it’s like when you’re isolated from the world, your mind is in a different place. But if I could’ve done it differently I probably would’ve done it a little different.
Why did you decide to eliminate Brady? Didn't you think at all that it would put a target on your back for Vicky? Absolutely yes, without a doubt. I knew that she would be very, very upset with me but I had to take that risk. I knew that I probably would never get that chance again and probably the next week he would lose a ton of weight. I just had to do it. I had to think well the consequences might be great, but I just have to go with it.
Why did you decide not to vote her off then? I was just being pulled in the different directions. I wanted to stay true to the people I worked out with and my trainer. And then I had the black team who I knew were going to support me. You don’t know unless you’re there, it’s just a really different, weird situation. If I could do it again I probably would do it a little different. But like I said, what’s done is done and I’m just ready to get healthy and live the rest of my life.
Why do you think Vicky voted you off instead of Ed? Well, she was stressed. I was the biggest loser in the house so I think she made a very smart move by taking me out, if she wants to win this game. But we had spoken about it earlier. You know, we had made up. We had apologized to each other and whatnot. Worst case scenario was that two of the blue team members would fall below the yellow line and it happened. And it sucked. And Heba and Vicky had been close since the beginning. So before we even went into the elimination room I knew I was going home.
Did you feel pressured by Bob to keep Vicky? Yeah, it did have a little bit to do with it and at the time I just thought it was the best idea to do it that way. And I could see that aspect. I was just kind of blinded by the whole team mantra.
What's the biggest change food-wise from before you went to the ranch and now? One of the biggest changes but the real big one—I was a fast food person. I was so busy, I did fast food literally three times a day for my three meals. So that’s the biggest change. Like, I haven’t even set foot near a fast food restaurant since being home from the ranch. And the fact that I’ve given up meat is also a big thing for me. But it really just stopped tasting good. I don’t know any way to - other way to explain it. It just stopped tasting good. So I eat a lot of tofu and I eat a lot of beans and a lot of salad. I’m like a rabbit. So I mean that’s completely changed.
How’s Shellay doing now that you guys are home? You guys are still going strong? Oh yeah, my mom is doing great. We kind of have opposite schedules. So really the only time we work out together is with our trainer and we go see him three times a week for two hours each session. Actually, we just got home from the trainer about a half hour ago. So we do that together. We’re both competing for the $100,000. But we had made a pact at the beginning before we even went to California for the show that if we had won anything we would split it 50/50.
What did you enjoy the most about the ranch? Obviously the entire experience, learning. We knew nothing about nutrition and nothing about exercise. And just having that unique vicinity to be isolated from the rest of the world. I have a wealth of knowledge from the trainers and the nutritionist and everybody. That’s really probably the thing I cherish the most. And now I can pass it on to other people.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 02, 2008, 01:23:36 PM
:snicker: An interesting article:
The Biggest Villain on 'Biggest Loser'
People are buzzing about a contestant on "The Biggest Loser: Families" -- but not for reasons you might think. Her name is Vicky and, to put it bluntly, she scares us.
Reality TV is known for its nasty villains. From Omarosa to Richard Hatch to most of the groupies on "Rock of Love," the evil reality contestants out to win at any cost always make a show more interesting. But for the most part, "Biggest Loser" has been immune to that type of player. Sure, some contestants have worked the system (like Neil sabotaging his team by drinking gallons of water prior to the weigh-in), but typically "Biggest Loser" contestants are more focused on their own difficult transformations than plotting the demise of their competition.
Vicky may have started out as somewhat quiet (she even claimed to be overshadowed by her husband Brady), but later, as she gained confidence, the real Vicky emerged.
FIVE REASONS WHY VICKY IS BAD NEWS:
Bob, the ever-positive Blue Team trainer, commented early on that she was the "most conniving person" he'd seen on the show. To be honest, we hadn't noticed, but let's just say that if Bob has something negative to say about someone, we pay attention. Vicky boasted that her team lost a challenge because the prize wasn't worth it. Talk about poor sportsmanship! Whether the prize is good enough for you or not, at least make an effort -- it's an additional workout, dummy.
In recent episodes Vicky started making faces during weigh-ins, and even worse, she started to openly mock Philip when he spoke, even when he was on the scale. That's crossing the line. When someone steps on that giant scale, awaiting their fate each week, it is a moment that must be respected.
Even Vicky's alliance pal Ed warned cameras that if you cross her "she'll claw your eyes out." When Amy C. voted Brady off two weeks ago, Vicky totally lost it. She cursed about Amy during her confessionals, posted a "revenge" sign on her bedroom door, ignored Amy altogether, and vowed to knock her out of the competition. And Amy was Vicky's teammate! Then when Amy saved Vicky from elimination the next week (because she felt so guilty about Brady), Vicky returned the favor by sending Amy packing the moment Amy was on the chopping block. Apparently Vicky is a 37-year-old woman with the mentality of a mean 13-year-old girl.
When football legends Jerry Rice and Steve Young stopped by for a challenge where the prize was a charitable donation, Vicky was still in 100% scheme-mode. She figured that the challenge twist would be that they'd have to run the course twice, and the winner would be the one with the most improved time. So she WALKED the first time, with Jerry and Steve shouting encouragements from the sidelines while she lied to them about being embarrassingly slow. She was correct about the twist and of course she ran the second time and won the challenge, but there was no way the win was worth it. Talk about a lack of respect for yourself, your peers, and Steve and Jerry. We were disgusted.
Vicky has been successful at losing weight, and she just might win the whole thing. But she is on a national stage displaying some truly ugly qualities -- greed, selfishness, and a complete lack of respect and compassion. Her antics might be fun on a show focused on outwitting the competition, but they're definitely out of place on "The Biggest Loser."
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 02, 2008, 09:22:55 PM
NEXT WEEK ON THE BIGGEST LOSER
Tuesday, December 09, 2008 8:00 PM-10:00 PM EST
Episode 12
FINAL FOUR CONTESTANTS REFLECT ON THEIR AMAZING WEIGHT LOSS JOURNEYS, AND AMERICA VOTES TO CHOOSE THE THIRD FINALIST! -- It's the last episode before the season finale, and time for the final four contestants to reflect on their weight loss journeys and the amazing progress they've made. They'll try on their former big clothes and watch highlight videos with their trainers showing just how far they've come. Then, in their final challenge of the season, the contestants will have to carry all the weight they have lost as they race around a track, shedding one week's weight loss at each pit stop until they cross the finish line. Later, at the final weigh-in, two players fall below the yellow line, and then make their heartfelt pleas to viewers as America will once again decide which of the two will become the third finalist at the season finale.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: michael on December 02, 2008, 09:51:54 PM
who was eliminted tonight!? i had work
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 02, 2008, 10:05:00 PM
:funny: lol she tried to be charming it didn't work :res:
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 03, 2008, 12:03:02 AM
:jumpy: Amy C. singing Fever
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 03, 2008, 12:11:52 AM
... a few more I knew she liked to sing I didn't know she was really good!!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 03, 2008, 12:39:02 AM
An episode recap:
'The Biggest Loser: Families': At least Renee got a great makeover...
Curses! Once again, we're denied the satisfaction of Vile Vicky's ouster on The Biggest Loser: Families. What's worse, it looks like the editors are trying to humanize her. Too late!
Everyone is off to New York for their makeovers – and everyone (especially Ed) screams like a little girl. Heh. In a puzzling development, Project Runway tyro Christian Siriano will be shepherding the contestants through their makeovers at Product Placed Department Store. Funny -- I got the impression that Christian only designed for stick-figure models. He didn't strike me as someone who wanted to dress mere mortals with extra ounces, much less pounds, on their bodies. Is he really going to pretend that he's embracing full-figured folks?
Short answer: No. Christian sends the Losers off to pick out their own clothing, then mocks them for their choices. He picks a couple of things off a rack and claims that he's looking at things with them in mind, but we see no evidence of that. Then, at the end of the segment, he passes out department-store gift cards with a barely suppressed shudder, and only lights up when he gets to do his signature solo pout at the camera when everyone leave. Christian? You're a tool.
Fortunately, the other makeover genies seem more enthusiastic about the process, and the Losers show off their new looks on the Tyra Banks Show. Tyra also brings out a loved one the Losers haven't seen in a while -- Michelle's dad is adorable, getting all weepy at the sight of his daughter looking great in a gorgeous purple dress. Renee's husband is equally sweet, and Renee's sharp bob and sideswept bangs look amazing. Lovely ruffled wrap dress, too. Vicky gets va-va-voom Rita Hayworth red hair, but the dress is just ok. Her sister, Ginny, thinks she looks great. Heba gets shorter hair and a red dress that looks decent from the front but isn't that flattering from the back. Her brother is there to greet her, and he gets teary-eyed, too. That may be because he promised he'd take Heba on a trip anywhere in the world if she lost 60 pounds or more, and now he's got to pay up. Ed... well, he still looks like Ed, but he has fun working the runway. His dad is there and is proud of him.
The Losers head out to Times Square, where Bob and Jillian suddenly appear on one of the electronic billboards. Get to work! They say. The Brats in Blue head to the product-placed gym, while Michelle and Renee split up -- Renee and her hubby run across the Brooklyn Bridge, while Michelle and her dad race around Central Park.
The challenge It's a weird one this week: The competitors have to wedge themselves in glass boxes suspended 15 feet above a pool and stay there until they drop. The last person in the box gets a two-week spa trip. Vicky comes out talking a big game-- I'm so winning this! -- but she gives up after about two minutes. Then, bizarrely, she develops Sudden Onset Fear of Heights -- she refuses to jump from the box, much to everyone's annoyance. Michelle is actually a total sweetheart to her, talking to her soothingly, trying to convince her that everything will be ok if she just jumps. Heba is less patient, and wants to push Vicky in. Nice.
Ed and Heba fall, leaving the two Women in Black. "No, mom, I will not buy you another designer handbag," Michelle says. Hee! Renee drops, and Michelle prepares to bask in her win -- except Vile Vicky is still up in the box, demanding attention. After some increasingly frustrated cajoling and encouragement, Ed jumps into the pool to ... give Vicky something to aim for? I'm unclear on this. But it works -- she finally takes the plunge. About time! The next day, Vicky talks about it as an epiphany, and Bob spins it as she needed to trust herself and someone else and now she can stop holding herself back and blah blah blah. I'm more inclined to buy Michelle's interpretation: "There she was, sitting at the top, stealing all my thunder."
The weigh in Jillian stresses that they wasted three days in New York getting purty instead of sweating it out at the ranch. She vows to start chopping off limbs to make up the weight. "Renee got her hair cut," Jillian says. "Maybe we'll get half a pound out of that." I suddenly find myself hoping Vicky got hair extensions -- preferably made of lead.
Heba drops 7 pounds, for 3.13 percent. Michelle loses 5 pounds - a great result, considering her 10-pound loss last week. She drops 2.84 percent. Vicky loses 4 pounds, for 2.22 percent. Renee also drops 4 pounds, for 2.01 percent. Ed loses 3 pounds, for 1.19 percent.
It's Ed and Renee up for elimination, and everyone seems to believe that Vicky my betray Ed. Yeah, right -- Renee is so gone. She looks amazing at the look at me now interview -- she's dropped 95 pounds! -- and she seems like she's doing great. Go, Renee!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 03, 2008, 05:00:35 PM
NBC UNIVERSAL TELEVISION, DVD, MUSIC AND CONSUMER PRODUCTS GROUP UNVEILS HOLIDAY GIFT LIST 2008
NBC PRESS RELEASE
Games, Calendars, Cookbooks, Action Figures, A Cylon Centurion Robot And Even a Cylon Toaster From Hit Shows On NBC, Bravo, SCI FI and USA Network Top the List For This Year's Holiday Fare
NBC Universal Television, DVD, Music and Consumer Products Group has unveiled its holiday gift list for 2008. This year's offerings include action figures, books, calendars, music and games, as well as DVDs and even a Cylon toaster – all from top shows on NBC, Bravo, SCI FI and USA Network.
The product offerings are part of NBC Universal's Television, Music, DVD and Consumer Products Group, which manages all global licensing and merchandising for NBC Universal's television properties, as well as the NBC Universal television catalog.
Kim Niemi, Senior Vice President of NBC Universal's Television, Music, DVD and Consumer Products Group said, "We are especially pleased to be able to suggest such a great variety of gifts in so many categories and from so many great shows. From Bravo's 'Top Chef,' to NBC Sports to USA Network's 'Monk' and NBC's 'The Office,' there is something for every fan in nearly every price range."
NBC Universal's suggestions for a festive holiday season are as follows:
Books
"The Biggest Loser" Family Cookbook: Budget Friendly Meals Your Whole Family Will Love – Author and chef Devin Alexander creates an all-new collection of affordable recipes, plus an overview of The Biggest Loser eating plan. The book also contains helpful cooking and cost-saving tips. "The Biggest Loser" Family Cookbook is available at booksellers nationwide, as well as online at www.nbcstore.com.
Calendars
"The Biggest Loser Calendar"
DVDs
"The Biggest Loser" Workout DVDs from Lionsgate – "The Biggest Loser's" expert trainer Bob Harper hosts two new body-slimming DVDs, "The Biggest Loser: Boot Camp" and "The Biggest Loser: Weight Loss Yoga," which can help anyone be a Biggest Loser at home. "Boot Camp" is a powerful workout that challenges every muscle in the body with dynamic moves. "Weight Loss Yoga" will help users gain balance and strength as they transform their bodies. Both will be available by December 15 in stores and online at www.nbcstore.com
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 04, 2008, 02:12:15 PM
Her can-do attitude, mega-watt smile and fierce love for her daughter and teammate Michelle made her one of the more likeable contestants to the ranch on this season’s Biggest Loser: Families. But Renee Wilson, 47, left her daughter behind on Tuesday night’s show after Vicky’s swing vote sent her home during the elimination.
While she can’t reveal her weight — “It’s so close to the finale!” she says — she has lost well over 70 lbs., and talked to PEOPLE about her tips for keeping it off, meeting Tyra Banks and her hopes for Michelle to win the game.
You said on Tuesday’s show you hoped Vicky would take out Ed instead of you. Did you think that was a real possibility or were you just hoping? With Vicky you never can tell what she was thinking or doing. I was holding out hope. I felt the odds were stacked against me, but I was thinking maybe for a moment it would be an all girl finale.
Now that you’re back home, how do you keep losing weight without the help of a personal trainer or a chef? Cardio, cardio, cardio! I try to do as much as I can two to four hours a day. So, that’s a long day, but I just try to keep perspective. You have a goal you want to reach and you have to keep on going and do your best. I don’t eat any white bread. I have eaten a lot of organic whole natural foods. I don’t eat anything processed. I’ve definitely changed my whole eating regimen since I came to the ranch. [I eat] fruits, vegetables, fish, chicken — all these great foods.
You seem like a very upbeat, can-do person before you even got to the ranch. What kept the weight on for so long before Biggest Loser? I started gaining weight little by little, after my divorce, and started getting older, and started making excuses and just saying, it’s just because I’m older, and I turned around and I’ve gained 50 lbs. and I think, “How did I get here?” [I had] to put actions to my words. I would wish to be thinner or drop 20 pounds, but wishing wouldn’t get me anywhere.
What was it like getting a makeover and meeting Tyra Banks? It was my happiest week at the ranch. I kept on thinking the makeover show has to be coming soon. I’ve been waiting 46 years for a makeover, and praise God I finally made it! The fact we were going to be on TV with Tyra Banks, that was amazing. I felt like a princess for a day. Here we were at the ranch sweating, working out 8-10 hours a day, and then we got to go to New York in a limousine, have somebody do your hair, pick out cute clothes. It was a fairy tale come true.
The contestants were told Tuesday that America will vote for the winner at the finale — and at next week’s elimination. How do you feel about that? I feel really good. I feel like Michelle has just shined through this whole process, and I don’t feel like she’ll have a problem at all. I have no worries at all about who might be eliminated. It’s going to be a fabulous finale. I have all confidence in America!
You recently turned 47. How has losing so much weight at this age affected your health? I’m too old to keep doing the losing weight/gaining weight story in my life. This is a life change. My husband’s very fit and works out every day. Now it’s just been an added to our marriage. We go running, we go walking, we work out together at the gym — and he trains me on the weekend. It’s been such an enhancement to our marriage. It’s taken our marriage to whole other level. … Changing my lifestyle habits and eating and working out has given me my life back. I don’t ever want to lose that again. This is my life.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 04, 2008, 07:22:27 PM
An interesting article:
Renee Wilson talks about her time on 'The Biggest Loser: Families'
Being on The Biggest Loser: Families ended up helping Renee Wilson simultaneously accomplish two of her dreams: losing weight and reconnecting with her daughter Michelle Aguilar.
"Right before the show... I was planning on getting gastric bypass surgery, because I just didn't know what to do anymore," Wilson told reporters during a media conference call the day after her The Biggest Loser: Families elimination aired on Tuesday night's broadcast. "On and that same night Michelle called me and asked if I would like to try out with her to be on the show. It was like, 'Wow. God, is that you?"
Wilson, a 46-year-old event manager from Ft. Worth, TX, said that she and Aguilar -- a 26-year-old assistant director from Ft. Worth, TX who had only recently begun speaking to her mother again after 5 1/2 years of silence -- were "more like strangers" than family when they initially arrived at The Biggest Loser ranch. She added what she and her daughter went through to regain each other's trust during their 93 days together at the ranch had involved many highs and lows and been far from easy.
"I remember the first few nights [Michelle] hardly would talk... she would just answer 'yes' or 'no.' Then as time goes on she realizes that I'm her mom and starts opening up, and then when [she] started to [want to leave,] that whole time, it was tough," Wilson told Reality TV World. "I think once she broke through and decided to stay, just dealing with those emotions and dealing with the type of person that I was, [in that] I wasn't gonna tell her what to do but I'm gonna support her no matter what, meant a lot to her.
"When you go through that much time with somebody, you know how they really are, and I think I learned so much about Michelle and she learned so much about me and I that we both embraced it and I think we're better people because of each other," she added to Reality TV World.
In addition to regaining her relationship with her daughter, Wilson was also quick to cite the opportunity to travel New York City and receive a complete makeover as one of her highlights while on the show. After spending almost three months on the ranch, Wilson said that a few days of glamour was exactly what she needed.
"Here we are at the ranch, sweating and working out 8-10 hours a day, and then we get to go to New York and get a limo, have somebody do your hair, [and] pick out cute clothes," Wilson told reporters. "It was just a fairytale come true."
It also seemed that the New York scenes that showed Wlison working out on the Brooklyn Bridge with her husband have turned out to be a precursor to what her post-elimination life -- which now includes daily workouts with her husband -- has now become.
"It's just been an added thing in our lives, part of our lives and it has added to our marriage," Wilson told reporters. We go running, we go walking, we go work out together at the gym, he trains me on the weekends. It's such an enhancement to our marriage [and] it's taken our marriage to a whole other level."
While she was hesitant to reveal exactly how much weight she had lost since arriving at The Biggest Loser ranch given the show's live season finale is less than two weeks away, Wilson did elaborate on her show's comments in which she had stressed how much she had changed -- mentally and physically -- since she began losing weight.
"I feel like I've made this huge change in my life. I used to look at [being prideful] as a bad thing, I'd think about it in a negative light," Wilson told reporters. "But now I look at it as being proud of the accomplishments I've made, and I think it's just made me a different woman. I feel self confident, I feel like I have something to share with people."
As for the handbag that Aguilar had promised her in exchange for agreeing to let her daughter win one of the show's challenge, Wilson said that she hasn't received her gift yet. However, she added that she had found her way to both remind Aguilar of her promise and show her support for Aguilar's own finale weigh-in.
"I [told her], 'Once you win you can buy me a really nice purse,'" Wilson told reporters with a laugh.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 04, 2008, 10:32:20 PM
The Biggest Loser Season Finale
December 16, 2008
“BIGGEST LOSER” REVEALED IN SEASON FINALE - In this must-see, exciting live finale, all of “The Biggest Loser” families from this season return for a special reunion and a chance to weigh in one last time - and show America how much weight they’ve all lost since beginning their weight-loss journeys.
There are four contestants left, but America has voted on the two that fell below the yellow line in last week’s episode to choose who will be the third finalist in the game. After America’s vote is revealed and the third finalist is announced, the eliminated player will then weigh in with the other 12 eliminated contestants to compete for the $100,000 “at home” prize. Then it’s the moment viewers have been waiting for, when one of the three finalists will be named this season’s “Biggest Loser” and win the coveted grand prize of $250,000!
Plus, there will be a special sneak preview of season 7, which premieres January 6. Alison Sweeney is the host, and trainers Bob Harper and Jillian Michaels also star.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 09, 2008, 01:17:33 PM
An interview with Renee:
The Biggest Loser's Renee: "I'm Proud of the Woman I Am Today"
Renee Wilson didn't come to The Biggest Loser to win the show. Actually, that was the last thing on her mind. For Renee, the biggest challenge was to reconnect with her daughter Michelle. After she divorced Michelle's father several years ago, the mother and daughter hardly spoke. When they decided to go on the show, however, their relationship became stronger than ever. Renee was unfortunately eliminated last week, but continues to work out at home to get her health back on track. Fancast had the chance to chat with Renee, who's still rooting for her daughter to take home the big prize. She spoke about her fairytale makeover, her relationship with her new husband, and the woman everyone's talking about—Vicky.
How was the makeover show? I think that was my happiest week at the ranch. I kept on thinking the makeover show has to be coming soon and it was fabulous. I said I have been waiting 46 years for a makeover and praise god I finally made it. And the fact that we were going to be on TV and with Tyra Banks, that was just amazing. I felt like princess for a day. I mean, here we were at the ranch sweating, working out eight to ten hours a day. And then we get to go to New York, be in a limo, have somebody do your hair, pick out cute clothes. It was just like fairytale come true.
How do you feel about leaving it in the hands of America to make the decision of the third player to make it to the finale? I feel really good. I feel like Michelle has just shined through this whole process. I don’t feel like she’ll have a problem at all, so I really have no worries at all about who might be eliminated. I feel really good. I think it’s going to be a fabulous finale. I do. I totally have all confidence in America.
Even though Michelle won the last challenge, Vicky was getting all the attention because she refused to jump into the pool. Do you agree with Michelle that Vicky was just trying to steal her thunder? I think that we were all kind of shocked that night when Vicky just wouldn’t jump. And because Vicky has just been so hard core the whole entire show, I think it just threw us all for a loop. And then it went on for a long time, although they edited it. And Michelle was like what the heck, now it’s all about Vicky. But, you know, we were happy for her. We wanted her to break through that barrier of fear. But it did seem like it went on for quite awhile.
Do you think Vicky gets too much flak? When you’re on the ranch you just never know what’s going to be on TV. And obviously she had to say the things she said. No one told her to say the things that she said about people. And she is just hard core. There is no doubt. I guess I would put it that way. She’s hard core and I don’t think anybody twisted her to say the things that she’s actually said about people. And actually, I was shocked by some of the things she said because we don’t see the interviews until we see the TV show ourselves.
Why do you think Amy voted with your team to eliminate Brady, but then voted with the other team to eliminate Coleen? I don’t know. I think she just kind of fell to the peer pressure of the Blue Team. We tried to just make her understand that she just couldn’t trust them and she just needed to stand up for herself and what she did, and we would be behind her. But at the moment I think she just felt like that was the best decision for her.
How do you think the weight that you’ve lost will affect your health going forward as you do continue getting older? Well I said this while we were at the ranch - is that I’m too old to keep doing the losing weight/gaining weight story in my life anymore. And I feel like from here on out it’s just a life change. As you saw in last night’s show, my husband is very fit. He works out a lot. He works out like every day. And so now it’s just been an added thing in our life - a part of our lives, and added to our marriage. We go running. We go walking. We work out together at the gym. He trains me on the weekends. So it’s just been such an enhancement to our marriage. It’s taken our marriage to another whole level. And so I just see it happening for the rest of my lives. And I’m excited about that because I feel like it gave me my life back. I was losing my life. I was just getting sick - getting health issues because of the weight. So the fact that changing my lifestyle habits and eating, and working out has given me my life back. I don’t ever want to lose that again.
What’s your relationship with Michelle like now? Oh, it is like 360 degrees from what it was on Day 1 on the show, I think. It is amazing. I look back at a year ago, you know, we had just begun speaking about a year ago. And I remember I was so excited just to be able to talk to her every now and then. And now, you know, we call each other every day. We text each other every day. She comes over to my house and our lives are just so much richer for having each other in it.
What are you doing to keep in shape at home? Right now I would say cardio, cardio, cardio. Just to keep on moving and it is a challenge coming home. And I work an eight to ten hour day at a job and then I still have to work out. I try to do as much as I can -- two to four hours a day. And so that’s a long day. But I just try to keep in perspective-- don’t quit. You have a goal you want to reach. You’ve got to keep on going and do your best. I definitely don’t eat any white bread. I eat wheat and I’ve eaten a lot of organic whole natural foods. I don’t eat anything processed. I’ve definitely changed my whole eating regimen since before I came to the ranch. And just eating fruits, vegetables, fish, chicken - all these great foods that we ate at the ranch and I just incorporated it into my life at home.
Are you feeling proud of the woman you are today? I am so feeling proud of the woman I am today, definitely. I feel like I’ve made this huge change in my life and being prideful, I used to always think of it as a bad thing. I would think it as a - I’m so sorry. I would think about it in a negative light and I wouldn’t think oh, you should be prideful. That’s just not good. But now I look at it as being proud of the accomplishments I’ve made and I think it’s just made me a different woman. I feel self confident. I feel like I have something to share with people. I feel like I can help you. I want to pay it forward. I want to be able to help people along the way. I mean my co-workers here, they’ve been inspired. They’ve lost like 30 pounds since I’ve come home. So it’s just been an awesome feeling for me. And I’m just so excited to be a part of it.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 09, 2008, 07:46:02 PM
THE BIGGEST LOSER AMERICA VOTES!!
VOTE TONIGHT
Online voting will open at 9:30 PM ET/ 6:30 PM PT on Tuesday, December 9, 2008, and ends at 3:00 PM ET/ Noon PT on Monday, December 15, 2008.
You will be able to vote up to 10 times online.
Link to vote: http://www.nbc.com/The_Biggest_Loser/ (http://www.nbc.com/The_Biggest_Loser/)
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 09, 2008, 08:38:19 PM
:jumpy: Yay Michelle thank god stayed above the yellow line
Heba and Ed fell below the yellow line
Vicky the vile is safe blah :barf
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 09, 2008, 09:00:54 PM
The Biggest Loser America Votes:
America, are you ready to help decide who will compete in the Live Finale of The Biggest Loser? Two players fell below the yellow line and YOU get to vote on which one should return as the third finalist.
To vote by phone: Call 1-866-613-0001 to vote for Heba. You'll receive up to 6 special offers when you vote. Call 1-866-613-0002 to vote for Ed. You'll receive up to 6 special offers when you vote.
Or, VOTE NOW ONLINE for who YOU WANT to be the third finalist at The Biggest Loser Finale on December 16th! Hurry and get your votes in before 3:00 PM ET/ Noon PT on Monday, December 15, 2008.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 10, 2008, 02:18:50 PM
Alison Sweeney's Blog:
Special Delivery
Tonight was the last episode before the LIVE FINALE!!! And the final 4 already look so fantastic. I can’t wait to see how they look next week. There are going to be so many incredible transformations. One contestant even said to me on the phone yesterday that they don’t really get recognized that often, because they look so different! It’s going to be spectacular.
In tonights episode, I loved their bonfire with their old clothes. though it obviously lit up more than expected!!! They looked fantastic, and have obviously changed in so many ways. it was so interesting to hear all their comments about the clothes, and their memories, and Michelle's red dress.
The last challenge is such a wake-up call it seems. Everyone commented on how al l that extra weight seems so painful and impossible to manage now. And that was a reflection of what their bodies were putting up with every single day before they came to campus. It is always so liberating for them to ‘shed’ that weight for the last time. And I thought the race track challenge was so impressive. That they all completed it was such a victory for each of them.
Also, the videos of their individual journeys were so touching weren’t they? I mean, Jillian’s emotions were clear as she sat with Michelle. I always admire and respect how Bob and Jill both go through these journeys on such a personal level with all their contestants. The concern Bob showed tonight for Vicky, and how it was more important for him to discuss life after the show is ultimately what makes them both such spectacular trainers.
Ed made it clear how he hopes America will vote. I gotta admit, I was pretty floored when he gained 2 pounds that last week. And Heba was clearly heartbroken not to be an ‘official’ finalist, she said it was going to push her to work even harder at home. So America… you have to get out there and make your decision, and we’ll see if Ed and Heba get what they wished for!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 10, 2008, 05:06:23 PM
An interview with Renee:
Wishing wasn’t going to get me anywhere
You said you were hoping that Vicky would try to get rid of Ed because he’s a bigger threat — did you think it could happen? Renee: Well, with Vicky you could never tell what she was thinking or doing. So I was holding out hope. Obviously, the odds were stacked against me, but I thought maybe for a moment she would think it should be an all-girl finale.
Was Vicky really so conniving, or was it edited to look that way? Renee: When you’re on the ranch, you just never know what’s going to be on TV. She is just hard core and I don’t think anybody twisted her to say the things that she’s actually said about people. Actually, I was shocked by some of the things she said because we don’t see the interviews until we see the show ourselves, so I don’t know what to say about her.
How did your relationship with your daughter, Michelle, change while you were at the ranch? Renee: I think most everybody there came with their enabler with them, and Michelle and I might’ve had an advantage in the fact that we hadn’t been together for like five-and-a-half years. So we were more like strangers. So we weren’t there to enable each other, but we were there to kind of help each other and learn. And I believe along the way we learned to trust one another again. I remember the first few nights she hardly would talk. I would say something and she would just answer "yes" or "no." And then as time went on, she realized that I’m her mom and she started opening up. And just dealing with those emotions and seeing the person that I was and that I wasn’t going to tell her what to do but I was going to support her no matter what meant a lot to her. You go through that much time with somebody, you know how they really are. I learned so much about Michelle and she learned so much about me. We both embraced it, and we’re better people because of each other.
What’s your relationship with her like now? Renee: It is amazing. I look back at a year ago, you know, we had just begun speaking about a year ago. And I remember I was so excited just to be able to talk to her every now and then. And now, we call each other everyday. We text each other every day. Our lives are just so much richer for having each other in it.
You seemed pretty confident even when you first got to the ranch, so why do you think you were so heavy? Renee: I think what happened was I just kind of gave up. I started gaining weight little by little, probably after my divorce and I started getting older. And I started making excuses and saying, “I guess it’s just because I’m older.” And then I’d turn around and had gained 50 pounds and I’m thinking, “How did I get here?” I would wish that I could drop 20 pounds, but wishing wasn’t going to get me anywhere. I had to put actions to those words. I needed help. I needed somebody to push me to the next level and working with Jillian definitely did that. Your possibilities are endless once you just apply yourself.
What was it like getting a makeover from Tyra Banks? Renee: I think that was my happiest week at the ranch. I had been waiting 47 years for a makeover and, praise God, I finally made it! And the fact that we were going to be on TV and with Tyra Banks, it was just amazing. I felt like a princess for a day. I liked wearing cute clothes and dressing up, and looking good. My love has been fashion forever and when you’re bigger, it’s hard to get fashionable, cute clothes. I would go to the store and I had to settle for things — I couldn’t be myself. Now it’s so exciting to go to the store and things fit you. This whole world of fashion is back in my life and I love that.
How have you kept fit since you left? Renee: Cardio, cardio, cardio. Just to keep on moving, and it is a challenge coming home. I work an eight- to 10-hour day at a job and then I still have to work out. I try to do as much as I can — two to four hours a day. So that’s a long day! I’ve definitely changed my whole eating regimen since before I came to the ranch. I don’t eat any white bread and I’ve eaten a lot of organic whole natural foods. I don’t eat anything processed. I’m just eating fruit, vegetables, fish, chicken — all these great foods that we ate at the ranch and I just incorporated it into my life at home.
You’re 47 — what impact has your weight loss had on your health? Renee: Well, I’m too old to keep doing the losing weight/gaining weight story in my life anymore. Changing my lifestyle habits and working out has given me my life back. And my husband is very fit. He works out a lot, so now it’s just been an added part of our lives. It’s taken our marriage to another whole level.
You said that you were no longer the same Renee. What, besides your weight, is different? Renee: With losing as much weight as we did comes a sense of self-confidence and pride. I used to always think sometimes that pride was a bad thing, but now I think I look at it a different way and I’m proud of the accomplishments I’ve made. I feel energized. I feel like I have something to share with you. I can help you, you know: “I did it. You can do it, too.” I want to pay it forward. My co-workers, they’ve been inspired. They’ve lost like 30 pounds since I’ve come home. So it’s been an awesome feeling for me.
And now you’re thinking of getting into motivational speaking? Renee: I feel like I just have a lot to share and I feel like there’s a lot of women that maybe have a broken relationship with their children. And my other thought is that for women over 40, just because you’re over 40 doesn’t mean your life is over and you’re never going to get thin and you’re never going to be the person you wanted to be. You can change your life today.
And you don’t have to do it through surgery. Renee: Exactly. Well right before the show, I was planning to do that, because I just didn’t know what to do anymore. And that same night, Michelle called me and asked me if I would like to try out with her to be on the show. And so I was like “Wow — God, is that you?”
Who should win? Renee: I think Michelle is going to win. There’s no doubt in my mind. I think she’s just got it. I think that she’s just proved herself. She’s shown that she’s not only just worked hard to be where she’s at, but she’s a great person, period. And she deserves to win. I’m just so excited for her. She’s just strong and confident right now. And she’s going to be on top of the world at 27. How fabulous is that?
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 11, 2008, 04:30:29 PM
WINNER OF NBC'S "THE BIGGEST LOSER: FAMILIES" REVEALED IN MUST-SEE LIVE FINALE ON TUESDAY, DECEMBER 16 (8-10 P.M. ET)
NBC Press Release
WINNER OF NBC'S "THE BIGGEST LOSER: FAMILIES" REVEALED IN MUST-SEE LIVE FINALE ON TUESDAY, DECEMBER 16 (8-10 P.M. ET)
Plus, Third Finalist Determined By America's Vote Will Be Revealed In First Few Minutes Of Finale!
And Special Interactive Feature Allows Viewers A Chance to Win $10,000 And A "Biggest Loser" Prize Pack!
The winner of NBC's hit series "The Biggest Loser: Couples" will be revealed in an exciting, two-hour live finale on Tuesday, December 16 (8-10 p.m. ET). And the contestant who won America's vote to be the third place finalist will be revealed at the top of the show. Plus, the finale will feature an exciting interactive component that allows viewers the chance to win $10,000 and the ultimate "Biggest Loser" prize pack!
In this season six finale, all eight teams of families will return for a special reunion and a chance to weigh in one last time – and show America how much weight they've lost since the beginning of their weight-loss journeys. The transformations will be profound, not just for the finalists but also for the eliminated contestants who all continued to lose weight after they left the "Biggest Loser" ranch and returned home.
In this week's episode airing Tuesday, December 9, there were four finalists left. At the final weigh in, Michelle Aguilar (Fort Worth, TX) from trainer Jillian Michaels' black team and Vicky Vilcan (Houma, LA) from trainer Bob Harper's blue team both came in above the yellow line, earning the highest percentage of weight loss for the week and securing their spots as two of the three finalists competing for the $250,000 grand prize.
In an interesting twist, husband and wife Ed Brantley and Heba Salama (Raleigh, NC) from Harper's blue team fell below the yellow line, leaving America to choose between the spouses to determine which one will be the third finalist by voting via phone or online at www.nbc.com. Online voting runs through Monday, December 15, at noon PT.
America's vote will be revealed in the first part of the live finale, and then the eliminated player will weigh in with the other 12 eliminated contestants to compete for the $100,000 "at home" prize. Then it's the moment viewers have been waiting for, when one of the three finalists will be named this season's "Biggest Loser" and win the coveted grand prize of $250,000.
The live finale will also include a special interactive component that will start during the "Biggest Loser" finale and end in "Momma's Boys," the new series premiering on NBC from 10:00-11:00 p.m. ET right after the finale. Viewers will be shown before/after pictures of three past season contestants, and vote via text or online at www.nbc.com for which contestant they think has had the best transformation. The previous season contestant who wins the most votes will be announced at the end of "Momma's Boys" and viewers will see what the winning contestant looks like today. Two at-home viewers, one on the east coast and one on the west coast, will be randomly selected from those who voted to each receive $10,000 and a "Biggest Loser" ultimate prize pack, plus have their name shown on screen live at the end of "Momma's Boys."
The live finale will also include a special sneak preview of season 7 of the hit weight loss series. "The Biggest Loser: Couples" will premiere Tuesday, January 6 (8-10 p.m. ET) on NBC.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 13, 2008, 11:14:19 PM
Ali Vincent's Blog:
Wow! I can’t believe it’s that time again. Next week there will be another Biggest Loser to join our club of few. I remember that last week on the ranch and can I just tell you, I felt like I was going to die. I know, watching the show, it looks like there is a lot time where all the contestants are reminiscing--and we do. However, every single player is working out nonstop and is just pulled away from the gym to film different "beats" (that’s what production calls, for example, the scenes in which contestants were watching their videos with their trainers). The last week on campus is truly do or die. I remember Jillian actually having to make me stop and go into the house for some rest. Although I know that resting my body is just as important as working out, I just couldn’t, for whatever reason, stop on my own. I didn’t want to have ANY regrets, and I knew that if I had fallen below the yellow line, I would replay every second of every day. I was depending on Jill to know how far I could go. To push yourself to such limits, you have to have an amazing support system of people. Not only to push you but also to help you realize when you need to lighten up.
I know that Michelle may feel as if she is all alone, but she is far from it. First of all she has herself, and she has all of you who are cheering her on. I’m actually glad that she has this opportunity to go all the way depending on just herself. On some level it’s funny, because your partner is your support system, but sometimes they become your crutch. Michelle no longer needs any crutches in her life she is a strong, capable woman. She may be in black now but she started out as PINK!
The Final Challenge
The final challenge is always an eye-opener. Each season it looks different, but each season the contestants have to carry all the weight they have shed at that point. I like how the contestants got to take off the weight as they shed it on campus. It’s amazing to feel how heavy all that weight is and how you don’t really feel it when it is on your body. I was so upset in our last challenge, not only because I was physically uncomfortable, but also they made us put on those horrible fat suits. (Which, by the way, I have in my closet. On occasion I’ll put it on just to remind myself that I no longer need that weight to hide myself.
Bob always liked to share cooking tips with us. He makes the best stir fry. I hope Vicky finds ways to get creative with cooking so that her children start not only liking vegetables but really start craving them. Truly the key to staying healthy is eating tons of veggies. I like to eat so I always veggie-load my meals. It’s a great way to feel satisfied yet stay within your calorie budget.
One-Two Punch?
I must admit when I saw the two-pound weight gain, I thought, like Bob, it was game play. I think that Ed and Heba have the same plan that I know Vicki and Brady have--one to win the show, the other to win at home. It only makes sense, why compete against your partner when you can work together and sweep the season? That would be pretty amazing if a husband and wife team won it all. (I can’t wait to see the milk mustache ads!)
I have to tell you I am so excited to see everyone on Tuesday. Yes! I will be at the finale. It's just the beginning of the rest of their lives, and I hope that each and every contestant--present and future--really gets what a blessing the Biggest Loser is, and all its tools. We are changing lives together and that includes you at home. Just remember, when you feel like you have nobody--you do! Here at the Club! Anything is possible as long as you believe in yourself and set up the support system you need for just those moments.
See you at the finale, I’ll be the one in the pink dress ;)
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 16, 2008, 06:35:02 PM
The Biggest Loser Season Finale :popcorn:
From TVGuide: Tonight's TV Hotlist
Biggest Loser: Families
8 pm/ET NBC
The sixth season wraps up tonight as the final three compete for the $250,000 prize. Last week, Vicky and Michelle secured their spots in the final, while Ed and Heba made their pleas to viewers to win the third spot. America's choice is revealed tonight, along with the winner. The eliminated players also return for their chance to compete for the at-home $100,000 prize.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: RealityFreakWill on December 16, 2008, 08:10:38 PM
The finale started with Alison announcing the third finalist....
Ed won by a landslide vote of 84%
Weigh-ins for the at-home prize of $100,000
NAME STARTING WGT CURRENT WGT POUNDS LOST PERCENTAGE
Adam 340 260 80 23.53%
Stacey 221 156 65 29.41%
L.T. 357 270 87 24.37%
Tom 314 236 78 24.84%
Jerry 380 265 115 30.26%
Coleen 218 154 64 29.36%
Shellay 216 142 74 34.26%
Amy C. 239 135 104 43.51%
Philip 331 180 151 45.62%
Amy P. 229 124 105 45.85%
Brady 341 224 117 34.21%
Renee 267 161 106 39.70%
Heba 294 156 138 46.94%
HEBA WON!
My next post will be on the three finalists, Ed, Michelle and Vicky.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: RealityFreakWill on December 16, 2008, 09:02:15 PM
For the $250,0000 GRAND PRIZE:
Top Three Finalists:
NAME STARTING WEIGHT CURRENT WEIGHT POUNDS LOST PERCENTAGE
Ed 335 196 139 41.49%
Vicky 246 145 101 41.06%
Michelle 242 132 110 45.45%
MICHELLE WON!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: Dånooky on December 17, 2008, 12:57:10 AM
kudos to Michelle!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 17, 2008, 01:40:29 PM
An interesting article:
'Biggest Loser': Victory for Michelle, death threats for Vicky
Good triumphed over....Vicky. And Heba.
Michelle won $250,000 and the title of "The Biggest Loser" tonight, overcoming a childhood traumatized by divorce and, perhaps more importantly, beating out two fellow competitors who were seen as two of the most conniving and unappealing contestants in the show's history.
"I earned it," said Michelle, who joined the show as a duo alongside her mother, Renee, and immediately became a fan favorite both because of her doggedness in the gym and her kind, forgiving demeanor. Michelle had been estranged from her mother for years after her parents' divorce. America had a front-row seat as the two repaired their relationship and lost a combined 216 pounds.
Michelle alone lost 110 pounds, or an astonishing 45.45% of her body weight, to win the game and become only the second woman to win "The Biggest Loser" title.
For fans of the show, though, Michelle's victory was all the more sweet because it came at the expense of Vicky and Heba....
Heba, you may recall, came into the house as a bit of a bully -- make that a big loud bully -- who immediately began throwing her weight around to get her way. (Blame it on her husband, Ed, who apparently spends his life trying to do everything he can to make/keep her happy.)
She created divides and alliances in the house, and was the first to turn the tables on a competitor -- and then spent the rest of her time at the Biggest Loser ranch complaining bitterly and loudly at any smack of game playing that didn't suit her purposes.
Well, Heba finally got hers. Kinda.
In an odd twist of fate, Heba and Ed ended up competing for the third spot in the finals. The decision was left up to the public to vote between the two. Ed, being the dutiful husband, begged America to let his wife win. Heba also begged America to let her win.
America gave her the backhand: In a "landslide" vote, 84% of the votes cast were against Heba.
Heba didn't go home empty-handed, however. She was eligible for and won the $100,000 runners-up prize for losing 138 pounds, or 46.94% of her body weight.
In other words, if she had curried a little more favor with the public, she would have landed the third-place spot -- and she would have won.
Afterward, asked why America voted against her, she said "I guess there are just a lot of negative people out there who don't like to see success." (Heba, who said she wanted to join the show to lose weight so she could have a healthy pregnancy, said family planning is on hold for now: "I want to spend a summer where I can wear a bathing suit and not feel bad about myself. Call me when that's over.")
Vicky, meanwhile -- who was dubbed by trainer Bob Harper to be "Shakespearean" in her efforts to manipulate her teammates -- missed winning the $250,000 prize by 1 pound.
See? There is justice after all.
In an interview after the show, Vicky said she was unfairly depicted on the show. While she said the producers could have portrayed her positively as a mother struggling to balance work and family and improve the health of her two children, they chose to portray her as a schemer.
To hear her tell it, it was all camerawork.
She has been so widely reviled that she had to change her phone number because she was receiving death threats, and to this day continues to receive letters telling her what a horrible person she is.
"Most people hate my guts," Vicky said, later adding that perhaps so many people disliked her because she was a determined competitor who knew what she wanted and wasn't about to let anyone stand in her way. "Women need to be strong and they need to use their heads."
She also added: "I feel bad for the people who are writing those letters. They don't know me."
On a completely unrelated note:
It's impossible to say whether Vicky was misportrayed or not (although the fact that Mr. Nice Guy Bob Harper called her out for being manipulative suggests that she doth protesteth too much.)
But I can report firsthand that TV does not become Vicky.
She often looked haggard during the game, even after her makeover. In person, though, she is a head-turner, with clear, smooth skin, bright teeth and stunning green eyes.
Link to the article: http://latimesblogs.latimes.com/showtracker/2008/12/biggest-loser-v.html (http://latimesblogs.latimes.com/showtracker/2008/12/biggest-loser-v.html)
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 17, 2008, 01:55:50 PM
'THE BIGGEST LOSER' HITS A THREE-YEAR SLOT HIGH FOR ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAMMING
NBC Press Release
'BIGGEST LOSER 6' FINALE IS THE #1 SHOW OF THE NIGHT IN ADULTS 18-49
'LOSER' WINS ITS TWO-HOUR SLOT IN ADULTS, MEN AND WOMEN 18-49 AND ADULTS, MEN AND WOMEN 18-34
'LOSER' GAINS 44 PERCENT IN 18-49 AND 33 PERCENT IN TOTAL VIEWERS FROM ITS FIRST TO ITS FOURTH HALF-HOUR
'MOMMA'S BOYS' PREVIEW RANKS #1 AT 10 P.M. IN ADULTS, MEN AND WOMEN 18-34
The finale of "The Biggest Loser 6" last night gave NBC its highest 18-49 rating with entertainment programming in its Tuesday time period in three years, winning its slot in adults 18-49 and other key measures, according to "fast affiliate-based" "live plus same day" viewing figures from Nielsen Media Research.
Last night from 8-10 p.m. ET, the finale of "The Biggest Loser 6" (4.5 rating, 12 share in adults 18-49, 11.7 million viewers overall) delivered NBC's highest 18-49 rating in this time period with entertainment programming since November 29, 2005 and the network's biggest overall viewership in the slot with entertainment programming since August 21, 2007.
"The Biggest Loser" was the #1 program on the broadcast networks last night in primetime's key demographic of adults 18-49. It ranked #1 from 8-10 p.m. in adults 18-49 and other key measures, including adults, men and women 18-34 and men and women 18-49, against competition that included first-run episodes of CBS's "NCIS" and "The Mentalist" and ABC's encore telecast of the holiday special "A Charlie Brown Christmas."
The finale of "The Biggest Loser 6" generated the series' biggest overall viewership since the finale of "The Biggest Loser 3" on December 13, 2006 and the show's highest 18-49 rating since the finale of "The Biggest Loser 4" on December 18, 2007. Versus the most recent "Biggest Loser 5" finale on April 15, last night's telecast increased by 2 percent in both 18-49 rating (4.5 vs. 4.4) and total viewers (11.7 million vs. 11.4 million), pending updates.
From its first half-hour to its fourth, "Biggest Loser" increased by 44 percent in 18-49 rating (to a 5.2/13 from a 3.6/10) and by 33 percent or 3.2 million persons in total viewers (to 13.0 million from 9.8 million).
At 10 p.m. ET, a preview telecast of the new series "Momma's Boys" (2.5/7 in 18-49, 6.1 million viewers overall) ranked #1 among the broadcast networks in adults, men and women 18-34 and #2 in adults, men and women 18-49. "Momma's Boys" will make its Monday debut on December 22.
Preliminary 18-49 averages for Tuesday night are: NBC and CBS, 3.8/10; Fox, 2.2/6; ABC, 2.0/5; CW, 0.4/1. In overall total viewers, December 16 preliminary results are: CBS, 17.9 million; NBC, 9.8 million; ABC, 6.0 million; Fox, 5.6 million; CW, 1.1 million. The 3.8 rating in adults 18-49 is NBC's highest nightlong Tuesday average, excluding news and sports coverage, since April 15.
Note that all national ratings are "live plus same day" unless otherwise indicated.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 17, 2008, 01:58:40 PM
MICHELLE AGUILAR FROM FT. WORTH, TEXAS WINS NBC'S 'THE BIGGEST LOSER: FAMILIES' – AND $250,000 – AT LAST NIGHT'S LIVE SEASON FINALE
NBC Press Release
Plus, Raleigh, North Carolina's Heba Salama Wins the "At-Home" Prize of $100,000 Among Eliminated Contestants
UNIVERSAL CITY, Calif. – December 17, 2008 – Michelle Aguilar, a 27-year-old assistant director from Ft. Worth, Texas, became the second female "Biggest Loser" in the series' six-year history when she won NBC's "The Biggest Loser: Families" and $250,000 at the live season finale of the hit series. Michelle lost 110 lbs. and 45.45% of her body weight to claim the prize. She started the show at 242 lbs. and ended weighing just 132 lbs.
Michelle, who was on trainer Jillian Michaels' black team, came on "The Biggest Loser: Families" with her mother, Renee Wilson, who started the show at 267 lbs. and weighed 161 lbs. at finale, losing 106 lbs. and 39.70% of her body weight. Michelle and Renee had been estranged for almost six years before coming on the show.
Michelle and Vicky Vilcan (Houma, LA), who was on trainer Bob Harper's blue team, were two of the finalists, and America voted to determine who would be the third finalist. In the first part of the live finale, viewers learned that Ed Brantley, a 31-year-old chef from Raleigh, NC had beaten his wife, Heba Salama, to win a spot in the finals. Both Ed and Heba were on Bob Harper's blue team.
The runner up among the three finalists was Ed, who started the show weighing 335 lbs. and weighed 196 lbs. at finale. He lost 139 lbs. and 41.49% of his body weight. Coming in third place was Vicky, who lost 101 lbs. and 41.06% of her body weight. She began the show at 246 lbs. and weighed only 145 lbs. at finale.
The winner of this season's $100,000 "at home" prize among eliminated contestants went to Heba, a 30-year-old from Raleigh, NC who works in pharmaceutical sales. Heba lost 138 lbs. and 46.94% of her body weight. She started the show as the heaviest female contestant at 294 lbs. and weighed 156 lbs. at finale.
From 8-10 p.m., the finale of "The Biggest Loser: Families" (4.5 rating, 12 share in adults 18-49, 11.7 million viewers overall) delivered NBC's highest 18-49 rating for entertainment programming in the time period in three years (since November 29, 2005) and the biggest overall audience for NBC entertainment programming in the slot since August 21, 2007. "The Biggest Loser: Families" won its time period in adults 18-49, beating competition that included CBS's "NCIS" and "The Mentalist" and ABC's encore of "A Charlie Brown Christmas." The finale generated the show's biggest overall audience since the finale of "The Biggest Loser" season 3 on Wednesday, Dec. 13, 2006 and the show's highest adult 18-49 rating since the finale of "The Biggest Loser" season 4 from 9-11 p.m. on December 18, 2007.
"The Biggest Loser: Couples," the next season of the hit weight loss series, will premiere Tuesday, January 6 (8-10 p.m. ET) on NBC.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 17, 2008, 02:52:11 PM
An interesting article: pffft :cmas11
Biggest Loser’s Vicky Says She Was Misunderstood
Vicky Vilcan, a nurse from Louisiana, went from 246 lbs. to 145 lbs. on The Biggest Loser: Families, but dropping 41.06 per cent of her body weight wasn’t enough to win the competition. The Biggest Loser title — and the $250,000 prize — went to Michelle Aguilar, a fan favorite, who lost 110 lbs., or 45.45 per cent of her body weight. Although Vicky says she’s still a winner, she also admits she is “so relieved that this show is over.” In fact, Vilcan says, “the show airing has not been kind to myself and my family.” In an interview at the show’s finale Tuesday, Vilcan talked to PEOPLE about being misunderstood on Biggest Loser, what you didn’t see on the show and how she’ll maintain her weight-loss during the holidays.
Does America have the right perception of Vicky? America has the absolute correct perception. If I was one of those reality TV people like I was before I got on this show, I’d hate myself too. But they’ve been given the wrong picture. They’ve been given a one-sided story and they have made a judgment based on that.
Why is that? It’s both the editing and the game playing. I never lied to anybody. I never smiled when people got on the scale and gained weight. I’m a nurse and I’m kind. Even when I voted Amy off, there were no vindictive feelings because she was one of my best friends there. I was mad when she voted Brady off but everybody is human and everybody gets angry but we had made up. There were just a lot of things that were one-sided that America didn’t get to see.
What’s something that you wish they would have aired? I wish that America did see exactly how injured I was. And how I would wake up when everybody was sleeping and work out. And how I would swim four hours a day. I don’t think they ever did show me swim one time on the show. I’m a working mom and I managed to fit it all in and I think that should inspire working women everywhere.
How are you going to maintain your weight-loss? I workout an hour every morning and an hour every evening after the kids are asleep. It’s very manageable for me and it empowers me and it gives me confidence.
Any plans to splurge on a big meal now that the show is over? Christmas is coming up so I think I’m going to wait until then. At work, everybody is going to bring in a dish and I’m very excited to taste a little of everybody’s food.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 17, 2008, 03:55:49 PM
Biggest Loser 6 Winner - Michelle Answers Some Questions
Congratulations to Michelle!!! The Biggest Loser Families winner! We got a chance to ask her a couple questions you all wanted to know at the finale, check it out!
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 17, 2008, 07:05:07 PM
Alison Sweeney's Blog:
What an amazing finish. Everyone looked so fantastic last night, didn’t they? I was really touched by Jerry’s journey, and how he’s regained his health. He was really affected by Dr. H’s words, and the truth is, it’s all due to his own hard work and commitment. It was also so moving to see how Coleen reacted to hearing the news about her dad. From day 1 on campus, she talked a lot about how concerned she was for him, and now look at them both – that’s what I love about this show!
I have to admit, I was pretty shocked by America voting over 83% for Ed. In retrospect, I get it, but I just didn’t realize it would be such a landslide. The fans certainly made their voices heard. Wow. And ultimately, that’s why I think America selecting the 3rd finalist is so interesting. So unpredictable. Interesting side note, if Heba had won the vote and been the 3rd finalist, she would have won the title and the grand prize. She had the highest % of weight loss of everyone this season.
I love Bob & Jill. they are so incredible, and so supportive of their peeps. I love how positive and inspiring they are every single day. We were all in rehearsals for last night’s show all day on Monday and Tuesday. It was so fun spending time with the eliminated contestants. Amy & Shellay and Phil & Amy were so sweet about my belly. When they all last saw me, I had only just announced I was pregnant. Now, I’m only 4 weeks away. (eek!) I was just blown away by how incredible everyone looked – they all talked to me about their new lifestyles, and how they were going to maintain their new found bodies and more importantly, health. And it was fun to see all the previous contestants in the audience, so happy to be there instead of getting on that scale! :) And they all look great too! Bernie, Brittany, Dan, Jackie, Ali & Betty Sue from Season 5, and Hollie, Jim, Bill and Julie from Season 4 were all there. Like a high school reunion! Everyone was so happy to see each other, catch up on what they’ve all been up to. And again, they all are so hot! And I think it helps, for all of the current contestants to talk to them, hear their stories.
Michelle, Vicky and Ed all looked so fantastic. And wow – did Michelle bring down the house when she stepped on that scale or what? The audience was definitely in her corner. She’s been through so much, and as she said, when she stopped looking for excuses, and reasons to quit, she opened herself up to a new experience, change, and look where it got her! $250,000 richer, and the title of Biggest Loser!!! I can only imagine that when she started the show with her mom back in May, she never thought she’d end up the winner!
p.s. Sorry it took me so long to post, I was at Days, shooting 4 episodes this morning to accommodate my maternity leave. whew - I am so wiped out! :)
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: pledge on December 17, 2008, 07:22:52 PM
Congratulations Michelle ....... I am soo happy that she won.
Congratulations to everyone and their weight loss....
Only disappointment.......I wanted Amy to win the $100,000
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: bee1233 on December 17, 2008, 08:22:45 PM
I was shocked at how good most of them looked. They really took it seriously this season. Did you hear David Cook's song played? I wanted the family with the autistic child to win the $100,000 because it is such a long and emotional ride ahead of them. :xmas110
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 18, 2008, 12:03:04 AM
An interview with Ed:
Biggest Loser: Families Runner-up Ed Brantley
You look great, how does it feel to hear that? It's amazing. Heba and I worked so hard to get where we are. The proof is in the physique and we are tough now.
When you two look at each other now, do you have to stop and pinch each other at how much you achieved? Honestly, when I see those fat pictures now I just say how the heck did I let it get to that point. I think it it was a state of denial and I just didn't realize how far gone I was. I felt like my eating habits were a direct result of my sense of entitlement to myself after working so hard all day, I thought I deserved to eat four cheeseburgers if I wanted. Those were the first steps in the wrong direction to a serious food addiction and being 335 pounds on the way to 400 pounds.
Was there a moment where you thought, what took me so long to do something about this? It was probably the third day on the ranch. Bob was tearing us up and I was looking at these older couples and they were doing better in the workouts. They were 10 years older than me. How could that be? At that point I realized it was my fault and partly my fault Heba was the way she was. I let my guard down and enabled her also.
You didn't win the big prize, but you won in so many other ways, are you okay with that? It's fine. The biggest prize was going through this thing from beginning to end. I did check out for about a month but I kicked butt and got back up there. I knew I needed to be there for Heba and she needed me there as her rock. For us to leave the ranch together, no one has ever done that, so we are thankful for that.
How intense did you work to get to where you are tonight? You wouldn't believe the crazy stuff we did. I just started running like Forrest Gump, I got home and said, "I gotta run!" That was the hardest thing for me to do and it wasn't just the physical part, there was a mental barrier in my mind. Running was the dumbest thing I ever heard, who does that? But once I ran five miles without stopping, I was like - "I'm a runner." That was the key to my success - eight to 10 miles a day. I love it. Now I start my day with a run, do about an hour of weights a day and then end the day with run.
What's the secret to not eating the food you cook at work? It's hard when you are a foodie and addicted to food. But it's like any addiction and there will always be temptation. I am not at a point where I'd deprive myself but I am not going to binge eat or give myself that sense of entitlement I had. Also writing down all my recipes helped - I don't have to taste them again.
How proud are you of Heba's win? I was so excited to hear it. It was such a crushing blow at the beginning of the night to hear America didn't care what you thought and is going to do what they want. It's shocking, but it's a free country and while I love America I do have an RV and we may go to Canada, they might like us more up there.
So what's next - the family you wanted to start? We are going to take it day by day. We are ready to start a family, maybe not today or tomorrow, though we might practice tonight, to make sure we are doing it right [laughs] but one day at a time. Hopefully, we'll have a kid in the works pretty soon.
Any advice for someone thinking of doing the show? If you are thinking of doing the show that means you need to get up and start doing something about it now.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 18, 2008, 12:06:03 AM
An interview with Heba:
"I have changed my life and am now basically addicted to exercise"
Winner Home Challenge on The Biggest Loser Families
Congratulations, you must feel pretty good right now? I feel great - amazing - I am in shock and very proud.
How hard is it to take the lead spot from someone who just weighed in and worked so hard? It's a game and it comes down to I had a lot of weight to loose and America put me in that position so I had to win wherever I was placed and I would have won either, so I am happy to be here.
How great is it to hear people say you look so good? It feels great and all that hard work that lead up to this - it feels amazing.
Whose appearance surprised you the most when you saw them tonight? Probably Amy P. She's a size 2! It's just incredible.
After leaving the ranch how hard was it to keep the regime going? My husband Ed and I had stopped working and put everything into this so we were just 100 percent focused on the competition.
How proud are you of him coming in second? Amazingly proud. He did a great job. I wouldn't have wanted to do this alone. We needed to do it together.
How are you going to ensure you never go back to your old weight? I threw the old clothes away. I have changed my life and am now basically addicted to exercise so it's going to be easy for me to maintain.
Any advice for someone thinking of doing the show? Think carefully before going on reality TV (laughs). But if you have the opportunity to train with Bob and Jillian go for it. I have no regrets.
What will you do with you $100,000 prize money? Save it, the economy sucks right now.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 18, 2008, 12:12:24 AM
An interview with Vicky the Vile:
"I swear I am not evil! I am a good person just like everyone else"
Biggest Loser Families Third Place
Are you bummed you didn't win? No I feel fantastic. I absolutely knew I had lost the show at week seven when I knew I'd only lost 2 pounds in two months.
So how hard did you have to work to get to this point tonight? Until about week seven, when I was falling apart because I was missing my kids and hadn't been to a soccer game or done anything with them, then something just changed. Talking to Phillip and telling me to live in the moment, I wasn't doing that, I was always guilty and feeling all these feelings... I needed to get my life straight, so that is what I did. I cut out working out six hours a day. Now I work out once in the morning and once in the evening. I don't miss soccer games and my kids get my undivided attention. That has made me a winner where it counts. Sometimes we can't have it all and you have to find a balance and that is what I did.
Any advice for someone thinking of doing the show? Don't do it! Don't do it. Don't sign your life away and have people change your intentions. You have the power to do it on your own within you, you just have to believe in yourself. I am ashamed that it took me putting myself in this situation and having people change my intention and changed things around that made me believe in myself.
So you think you were not represented fairly on the show? I said the things I said and did the things I did, but there are two sides to every story and sometimes people are provoked and they don't show the true things that happened. Words were changed and facial expressions were changed, unfortunately. I don't think America has the right impression of me. I am not evil, I am not hateful, I am a nurse and I love my kids.
So what would you say to America? I swear I am not evil! I am a good person just like everyone else.
Are you getting compliments on the street from people? Actually, no - most people come up and say I was really mean to Phillip. I had to change my home phone number as people were calling me at all hours of the night. I take calls at the hospital so I had to keep answering the phone every time they called. I get hate mail on a daily basis so this hasn't been an overall positive experience for my family and children. There are positive things that have happened but not the show part. It's crazy. You are watching yourself on TV and saying, "I didn't say that." They cut the ends of conversations off. I actually kept my hair red because everyone wanted me to go back to my blond highlights but I wasn't changing my hair until after the show, that way I hope no one recognizes me.
Whose appearance surprised you most tonight? Heba! She's awesome and Ed I never thought he could lose that much weight.
And the magic figure for you was 101 pounds - amazing. I know and all I wanted this week was to just lose a total of 100. I was about 5 pounds away from that all week, so when I saw 101 - I was like YAY!
What are you going to do to make sure you never go back to your old weight? For me it's working out - everyday. And watching my food and counting calories. I am a big numbers girl and my weight has fluctuated, but I know the odds are against me but I know that in my head now and I'll use that to work hard. I look at my two kids everyday and they keep me on track.
What do they think of the new mom? They love it. My littlest boy hugged me the other day and said, "Mama, you are too boney." He used to say I need to loose my belly - now I am too boney.
Do you feel like you have inspired people? No, not too many because of the way I was portrayed - but I had one lady at the gym tell me that I did, so I hope somewhere I did. I like to pay it forward and I was blessed to be trained by Bob and have him show me how to change my life.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 18, 2008, 06:09:19 PM
An interview with Michelle:
Michelle Aguilar talks about her 'The Biggest Loser: Families' win
Michelle Aguilar didn't want to count her chickens before they hatched, but she had a good feeling.
As the third and last finalist to weigh in on The Biggest Loser: Families' scale during Tuesday's season finale of the NBC reality weight-loss show, The 26-year-old assistant director from Ft. Worth, TX was aware that she needed to lose more than 100 pounds to win the competition.
However, Aguilar told Reality TV World in a media conference call the day after her victory that she was optimistic that she had shed more than enough weight to win.
"I know that my scale at home told me [that] I had enough, but The Biggest Loser scale's a little bit different and I didn't know how accurate mine would be," Aguilar told Reality TV World." I was trying to hold back, and yet still be very excited. [But] I knew I was going to be very close to winning the whole thing."
Aguilar did lose enough weight to claim the show's $250,000 grand prize, dropping 132 pounds for a 45.45% weight-loss percentage after starting the competition at 242 pounds. While she told Reality TV World that she had been confident that her physical strength would keep her in the running to win, Aguilar said that it was mastering the mental aspects of her workout routine that had been her bigger concern since she left The Biggest Loser ranch to workout at home.
"I obviously knew I was strong enough and had improved a lot in myself already. It was whether or not I thought I was strong enough," Aguilar told Reality TV World. "Staying in the mental capacity of saying 'You're strong enough and you're worth it' is a lot harder than even doing the physical workout, and when you're in [the gym] for four-to-six hours a day and you see hundreds of people come and go you're like 'Why can't I be like them, why can't I just do an hour and leave?' It really easy to kinda of flip out of that mind set."
"When you're on the ranch and you're surrounded by people doing the same thing you're doing it's a little bit easier, and you can stay a little bit more competitive if you're watching your competition," she added. "Mentally when you come home, for me, was probably the toughest part of the show."
Aguilar said that one thing she had gone out of her way to make "a big deal about" was her decision to wear her Black team shirt to the final weigh-in instead of her original Pink team shirt that she had worn in the show's earlier rounds. She told reporters that her decision to stick with the black shirt was due to the significance that team gameplay had taken on throughout a majority of the second half of The Biggest Loser: Families and her desire to do her Black team proud.
"When we went into blue and black shirts the game completely changed. Just... their demeanor changed. Once Bob's team had blue shirts on they [became] different people," Aguilar told reporters. "I don't feel I changed who I was when I put the black shirt on, but I felt like I began to represent more than just myself... I was like 'Okay, this means a lot to me."
"Getting to the end and being the only person of the [Black team] remaining, I wanted to make sure I represented that well, and I wanted to be a part of that [Black team alumni]," she added.
When it came to her Blue team opponents, Aguilar said that she had felt like she was "going a little bit crazy" as she observed the gameplay tactics used by Blue team members Vicky Vilcan, a 37-year-old anesthetist from Houma, LA, and Heba Salama, a 30-year-old pharmaceutical sales representative from Raleigh, NC.
"[I was like] 'Is it just me? Am I the only one who thinks they're a little bit crazy,'" Aguilar told reporters. "Then as soon as the show started airing I realized 'No, I'm not crazy" because they were that way [I remembered them] to be. I wasn't so much shocked as I was just relieved to know I wasn't crazy."
Aguilar also cited her background in television production to say that she felt Vicky had been portrayed accurately on the show.
"I actually come from a television background as an assistant director and an assistant producer, and one thing I've learned is that you can't make that kind of stuff up," Aguilar told Reality TV World.
However, she added that Vicky's naivety regarding how television shows were created likely did not help her -- especially when it came to her less than flattering confessional interviews.
"I think because Vicky was such a fan of the show going into it... I think she [felt that] everybody probably played the way she played [on the show] and that they just didn't show it. So to hear her coming out of interviews on the show and saying things like 'Oh they're never gonna use my interview' in my mind I'm thinking as a producer 'That's exactly what I'm gonna use,'" Aguilar told Reality TV World. "I think it was just a little bit of her being naive and not knowing exactly how the TV world works [too]."
Aguilar also said that, while it ended up working in their favor nonetheless, that she had not been surprised by America's overwhelming vote to send Ed Brantley, a 31-year-old chef from Raleigh, NC, into the Final 3 instead of his wife Heba.
"When we were on the ranch and they had come back in from doing their confessionals where they were asking America to vote for either [Ed] or Heba, they came in and [Heba said] 'Oh, we told America to vote for me.' A 'don't worry about it' kinda thing," Aguilar told reporters. "I just kinda said to myself 'Well that's probably a bad idea, I think that may backfire.' Nobody in America likes to be told what to do."
Having achieved her goal of losing her excess weight, Aguilar told reporters that after seeing the long and hard road that she had taken to lose the weight that she would not allow herself to go ever go back to the way she used to be. She later told Reality TV World that she didn't have plans to lose any more weight on purpose, but rather wanted to focus on getting her body more toned instead.
"Right now I'd like to not just maintain where I'm at, but I'd like to get stronger. I think my body right now is in really good shape and I'd like to tone up, I'd like to lean out," Aguilar told Reality TV World. As a girl, everything still kind of jiggles a little bit, and I'd like it to be a little bit firmer. Whether that means I gain a few pounds or lose a few pounds is irrelevant."
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 19, 2008, 09:13:50 PM
Interview with Michelle Aguilar, Biggest Loser 6 Champion
Michelle became the second female Biggest Loser during season 6.
At finale she visits with Bernie Salazar of DietsInReview.com
to talk about her tremendous 110 pound weight loss and her journey going forward.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 19, 2008, 09:19:51 PM
Alison Sweeney Interview at Biggest Loser 6 Finale
She looks gorgeous and works out with the contestants :lol:
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 19, 2008, 09:31:09 PM
.... one more she's funny :lol:
Jillian Michaels Interview at Biggest Loser 6 Finale
Trainer Jillian Michaels grabbed another win as her trainee,
Michelle Aguilar, became the second Biggest Loser.
She spoke with former trainee Bernie Salazar, of DietsInReview.com,
about what it is she's looking for in a contestant.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 20, 2008, 05:40:24 PM
An interview with Michelle:
The Biggest Loser's Michelle Wins Big
Michelle Aguilar planned to just fly under the radar on The Biggest Loser. That all changed when Michelle quickly became an audience favorite and went on to win the title—and a quarter of a million dollar jackpot. With her estranged mom at her side, Michelle battled the forces of evil to drop 110 pounds. Those evil forces could either be the psychological demons that haunted her for years, or perhaps the infamous Blue Team that manipulated almost every situation. Either way, Michelle won over America… and the scale. Now that her weight loss journey has been documented in millions of homes, how is she handling the spotlight?
Michelle talked to Fancast right after her win, addressing everything from her relationships with her mom and Jillian to her feelings on the portrayal (and betrayal) of the "crazy" Blue Team members.
How did it feel to win The Biggest Loser? On the outside knowing that I was getting ready to walk into a live show, I was nervous, I was excited. But on the inside, mentally I was absolutely at peace. I was like whatever is going to happen tonight is going to happen and there’s nothing I can do about it. But I’m so ready to show my family, show my friends, show America, that this is what I’ve achieved so far. And so when I finally did win, when that moment actually happened it was very surreal and I’m still kind of pinching myself wanting to know if it really happened.
How you plan to keep the weight off? I do have a different relationship with food now. I was actually just sitting in The Today Show Greenroom looking at the just spread that they lay out and there’s healthier choices and there’s not healthy choices. So when I look at this spread and I’m seeing what’s available I say you know what, that’s a lot of extra time in the gym and I don’t really have time for to put in the gym right now, so I’m not going to make those choices. And I think that’ll be what also is a big tool in keeping me from ever putting the weight back on.
Were you surprised when Ed was voted into the finals instead of Heba? I wasn’t too terribly surprised. When we were on the campus and they had come back in from doing their confessionals where they were asking America to vote for either him or Heba, and they came in and said "We told America to vote [Heba]. Don’t worry about it," I kind of just thought to myself well that’s probably a bad idea. I think that might backfire. Nobody in America wants to be told what to do. Seeing the way it turned out I realized that had they just kind of left it up to America to decide it may have been better for them. But that’s the method they went with, I guess.
What did you think of America's overwhelming support for the Black Team? I wasn’t sure how America would see [the Blue Team]. I’m like "Is this just me? Am I the only one that things they’re a little bit crazy?" And then as soon as the show started airing I realized no, I’m not crazy. They really were that way. They were the way I remembered them to be. So I wasn’t so much shocked as I was just relieved to know I wasn’t crazy. I was definitely still overwhelmed, though, by how much people believed in me. I thought that was just beyond words.
Now why do you think people feel so strongly about how each of you played the game? I think America has this really cool thing where they take a little bit of ownership of each of us in a good way or a bad way. Reading some of the stuff online where people say "Don’t worry Michelle, we’ve got you. If we can vote you in we’ll vote you in. We’re going to protect you." The fans of this show are very dedicated. They’re watching to be inspired. I think if they’re not seeing stuff that inspires them they’re going to vocalize it. So I think that’s probably a unique thing about this show and having the types of viewers that they have.
You and Renee won a lot of the challenges on the ranch. How did that feel to either win it by yourself or as a team with your mom? My mom and I like to pretend that we’re flying under the radar and then every now and then that little competitive side for both of us comes creeping out. We couldn’t help ourselves. We thought if we have a chance to win let’s totally win. We felt like if it was within our grasp to do it and we weren’t going to get hurt, and Jillian wasn’t going to kill us for winning, they we were going to do it. And whether that meant putting a big target on our backs, we weren’t afraid of anybody.
Why did you and Jillian click so well this season? She’s as tough as nails and scared me half to death at the same time. And then as I began to struggle with the emotional side and she began to show herself to be a little bit vulnerable on the emotional side as well. Sometimes both of us were in the women’s bathroom talking about how bad the day was. And just for me being able to see this human side of Jillian, this off-camera side of her, I think helped our relationship. There came a point I was able to look at Jillian and absolutely 100% trust her with helping me through this process. To say that Jillian and I became friends is absolutely true. She’s one of the most genuinely kind people I know.
How has your social life changed since losing the weight? I spent so much of my life being worried about thoughts of if I go there what will I wear and how can I hide my body? And I realized that that was a daily thought. If ever there was this surprise "Oh hey, instead of doing this let’s all go to the hot tub instead, everybody could just borrow bathing suits," and I’m like whoa, whoa, wait a second. Those kinds of things would freak me out before, whereas now I’m like yeah, go with the flow and I don’t give as much thought to how I am going to look. I’m just living in the moment and I’m not pre-consumed with everything else that is my body.
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on December 21, 2008, 01:50:15 PM
An interesting article:
Born Losers
Whatever … I’m just writing what you’re thinking
“Revenge is better than Christmas.”
That quote, which I heard many, many times from a former co-worker, has been ingrained in my head. And the timing couldn’t be more perfect. Oh Elvira, what a wise woman you are.
I don’t want to sound like a naïve person who thinks reality television is sunshine, roses, puppies and rainbows, because it’s anything but. But for the most part, The Biggest Loser has always been a pretty decent feel-good series where people are trying to lose weight, get healthy, and win some loot while they’re at it. Couldn’t the backstabbing be left to shows like Survivor and Big Brother? Couldn’t they all just get along?
This season, vile Vicky and her henchwoman, horrible Heba, were manipulative, mean bitches who lasted way too long in a game where I like to see the good guys come out on top. Thankfully, the awesome Michelle won in the end.
Vicky said in an interview that the show portrayed her negatively. So what? She wasn’t acting like a sore loser after a reward challenge that would have enabled to her to talk to her kids? She didn’t call Amy C. a bitch after she turned on the blue team? (Heh.) It was the producers who posted a “Revenge” sign on her door after Brady was voted out? And she didn’t badmouth Phil until his wife Amy P. was in tears?
Riiiiiiiight. I suppose it was a bad camera angle then. Part of the reason I love this show is that we get to witness the journey each contestant takes. But I could give a flying fig about what happens to Vicky after this.
I was terrified that America was going to respect the wishes of hubby-and-wife team Ed and Heba and vote her into the finals. But deep down, I knew there was no way Heba could’ve convinced the public that Ed deserved to sit out of the final weigh-in so she could be named the winner. No way.
Ed was all supportive of his wife, pleading with America to put her through instead of him, but thankfully America saw through that. And perhaps to spite her and just being sick of Heba’s alliance with evil Vicky, voters ignored the couple’s request and sent Ed to the finals instead.
Suckers.
Not only did fans vote for Ed, but he won by a landslide. Heba’s expression was classic; when Allison said the winner won with 84 per cent of the votes, Heba’s smug look (seriously? Did she really think she was America’s sweetheart or something?) was quickly wiped away when Allison said the votes were for Ed.
A total slap in the face, and a totally awesome move by Americans, who were clearly sick of Heba. Had she been a more likable player, she would’ve won. Heba lost a total of 138 pounds, for a total weight loss of 46.93 per cent. Michelle, who was crowned the winner, lost 110 pounds, which worked out to a total weight loss of 45.45 per cent.
Just about everyone wanted Michelle to pull off the win — and halleluiah! Every member of Bob's blue team was a miserable person, who managed to infuriate not just their fellow competitors but viewers as well. Thankfully, justice was served in the end. A tough thing to swallow for the losers, I’m sure.
The rest of them:
Adam and Stacey: The first couple eliminated were looking fine. Adam was sporting a sweet suit, while Stacey looked stunning. And they were only around for a week at the ranch, so all their hard work was done at home. Good job!
LT and Tom: Love the Toms! They’re both still massive guys, but now they look like solid linebackers, instead of jiggly centres. They’ve clearly taken their health seriously — Tom no longer has high cholesterol, high blood pressure or diabetes issues.
Jerry and Coleen: Jerry, who couldn’t last three minutes walking on a treadmill, can now run 5 km. Unbelievable! He has eliminated all his medications and diseases, and his daughter Coleen, who bears a striking resemblance to Reese Witherspoon, couldn’t be prouder of her pops. Those two got me every time …
Shellay and Amy C.: Holy. Smokes. This mother-daughter duo were smokin’ hot, both showing off toned, beautiful bods under their tight-fitting dresses. They looked like completely different people.
Phil and Amy P.: Phil lost the most amount of weight (151 pounds) and looked like a whole other person — like, half his size. Not only was he super-toned, but he had a newly shaved head, and looked so fit. Amy P.’s transformation was equally shocking … I hoped deep down she would win the $100,000.
Brady: Though he lost a ton of weight, he’s still a solid, beefy guy. He looked great though. Plus, I can’t bash him too much; he’s married to Vicky, so that’s enough to deal with on its own.
Renee: She looked absolutely beautiful with her sassy new haircut and gorgeous black dress. I loved how she said that no matter how good she looks, Michelle looks even better. Awwww. And double Awwwww to her husband in the audience. SO cute.
Heba: Despite how much she irritated me, I have to call a spade a spade. Heba, who didn’t appear to be shrinking as rapidly as everyone else, looked really good, like, half her original size. Her haircut was sleek and fantastic … though she could’ve bought a better bra for national television. Just saying.
When Heba won the at-home competition, I was irked. I know, I know. I should be celebrating such an astonishing achievement, but instead, I’m wishing her harm. I really wanted Amy P. to win … and thought she had it in the bag.
I was hoping she would be the victor, just so she could give Heba a big ol’ “Suck it!” after winning, for treating her and hubby Phil like garbage. More importantly, I just wanted Heba to lose so I could laugh and laugh. But alas, that wasn’t the case.
I know, I’m immature. Shoot me.
Link to the article: http://tvguide.sympatico.msn.ca/Watercooler/Dens%20Digs/Articles/081219_digs_biggest_loser_DW (http://tvguide.sympatico.msn.ca/Watercooler/Dens%20Digs/Articles/081219_digs_biggest_loser_DW)
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: RealityFreakWill on January 07, 2009, 12:37:29 PM
Ed and Heba will be doing a radio chat Thursday 1/8 @ 11pm EST
Title: Re: The Biggest Loser Season 6
Post by: marigold on January 07, 2009, 12:43:33 PM
An interesting article:
EXCLUSIVE: Biggest Loser Champ Michelle Is Engaged!
Nine days after Michelle Aguilar won NBC's The Biggest Loser, her boyfriend of four months, Micah Whitehead, popped the question, she tells Us Weekly in its latest issue (on stands now).
"I was so shocked!" she tells Us.
The 27-year-old Aguilar -- who lost an impressive 110 lbs. (she went from 242 to 132 lbs.) -- tells Us shopping for a wedding dress now is "absolutely liberating.
"Before, you have that fear: 'Hey, can you pull me a size 20?'" says Aguilar, who is now a size 4 to 6. What girl wants to say that?"
She tells Us she "absolutely" plans to use some of her $250,000 Loser prize money to pay for the wedding.